Some manual changes done to the library were lost with this update. They will be added in the next commit.
		
			
				
	
	
		
			9518 lines
		
	
	
		
			309 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			9518 lines
		
	
	
		
			309 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*      Perl-Compatible Regular Expressions       *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* PCRE is a library of functions to support regular expressions whose syntax
 | 
						|
and semantics are as close as possible to those of the Perl 5 language.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
                       Written by Philip Hazel
 | 
						|
     Original API code Copyright (c) 1997-2012 University of Cambridge
 | 
						|
         New API code Copyright (c) 2016 University of Cambridge
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
						|
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
 | 
						|
modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    * Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
 | 
						|
      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    * Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright
 | 
						|
      notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the
 | 
						|
      documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    * Neither the name of the University of Cambridge nor the names of its
 | 
						|
      contributors may be used to endorse or promote products derived from
 | 
						|
      this software without specific prior written permission.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
 | 
						|
AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
 | 
						|
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
 | 
						|
ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT OWNER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE
 | 
						|
LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR
 | 
						|
CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF
 | 
						|
SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS
 | 
						|
INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
 | 
						|
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
 | 
						|
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
 | 
						|
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
 | 
						|
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H
 | 
						|
#include "config.h"
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define NLBLOCK cb             /* Block containing newline information */
 | 
						|
#define PSSTART start_pattern  /* Field containing processed string start */
 | 
						|
#define PSEND   end_pattern    /* Field containing processed string end */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include "pcre2_internal.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* In rare error cases debugging might require calling pcre2_printint(). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
#ifdef EBCDIC
 | 
						|
#define PRINTABLE(c) ((c) >= 64 && (c) < 255)
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define PRINTABLE(c) ((c) >= 32 && (c) < 127)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#include "pcre2_printint.c"
 | 
						|
#define DEBUG_CALL_PRINTINT
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Other debugging code can be enabled by these defines. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
// #define DEBUG_SHOW_CAPTURES
 | 
						|
// #define DEBUG_SHOW_PARSED
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* There are a few things that vary with different code unit sizes. Handle them
 | 
						|
by defining macros in order to minimize #if usage. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 8
 | 
						|
#define STRING_UTFn_RIGHTPAR     STRING_UTF8_RIGHTPAR, 5
 | 
						|
#define XDIGIT(c)                xdigitab[c]
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else  /* Either 16-bit or 32-bit */
 | 
						|
#define XDIGIT(c)                (MAX_255(c)? xdigitab[c] : 0xff)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 16
 | 
						|
#define STRING_UTFn_RIGHTPAR     STRING_UTF16_RIGHTPAR, 6
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else  /* 32-bit */
 | 
						|
#define STRING_UTFn_RIGHTPAR     STRING_UTF32_RIGHTPAR, 6
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Macros to store and retrieve a PCRE2_SIZE value in the parsed pattern, which
 | 
						|
consists of uint32_t elements. Assume that if uint32_t can't hold it, two of
 | 
						|
them will be able to (i.e. assume a 64-bit world). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_SIZE_MAX <= UINT32_MAX
 | 
						|
#define PUTOFFSET(s,p) *p++ = s
 | 
						|
#define GETOFFSET(s,p) s = *p++
 | 
						|
#define GETPLUSOFFSET(s,p) s = *(++p)
 | 
						|
#define READPLUSOFFSET(s,p) s = p[1]
 | 
						|
#define SKIPOFFSET(p) p++
 | 
						|
#define SIZEOFFSET 1
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define PUTOFFSET(s,p) \
 | 
						|
  { *p++ = (uint32_t)(s >> 32); *p++ = (uint32_t)(s & 0xffffffff); }
 | 
						|
#define GETOFFSET(s,p) \
 | 
						|
  { s = ((PCRE2_SIZE)p[0] << 32) | (PCRE2_SIZE)p[1]; p += 2; }
 | 
						|
#define GETPLUSOFFSET(s,p) \
 | 
						|
  { s = ((PCRE2_SIZE)p[1] << 32) | (PCRE2_SIZE)p[2]; p += 2; }
 | 
						|
#define READPLUSOFFSET(s,p) \
 | 
						|
  { s = ((PCRE2_SIZE)p[1] << 32) | (PCRE2_SIZE)p[2]; }
 | 
						|
#define SKIPOFFSET(p) p += 2
 | 
						|
#define SIZEOFFSET 2
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Macros for manipulating elements of the parsed pattern vector. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define META_CODE(x)   (x & 0xffff0000u)
 | 
						|
#define META_DATA(x)   (x & 0x0000ffffu)
 | 
						|
#define META_DIFF(x,y) ((x-y)>>16)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Function definitions to allow mutual recursion */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
static unsigned int
 | 
						|
  add_list_to_class_internal(uint8_t *, PCRE2_UCHAR **, uint32_t,
 | 
						|
    compile_block *, const uint32_t *, unsigned int);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
  compile_regex(uint32_t, PCRE2_UCHAR **, uint32_t **, int *, uint32_t,
 | 
						|
    uint32_t *, int32_t *, uint32_t *, int32_t *, branch_chain *,
 | 
						|
    compile_block *, PCRE2_SIZE *);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
  get_branchlength(uint32_t **, int *, int *, parsed_recurse_check *,
 | 
						|
    compile_block *);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
  set_lookbehind_lengths(uint32_t **, int *, int *, parsed_recurse_check *,
 | 
						|
    compile_block *);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*      Code parameters and static tables         *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define MAX_GROUP_NUMBER   65535u
 | 
						|
#define MAX_REPEAT_COUNT   65535u
 | 
						|
#define REPEAT_UNLIMITED   (MAX_REPEAT_COUNT+1)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* COMPILE_WORK_SIZE specifies the size of stack workspace, which is used in
 | 
						|
different ways in the different pattern scans. The parsing and group-
 | 
						|
identifying pre-scan uses it to handle nesting, and needs it to be 16-bit
 | 
						|
aligned for this. Having defined the size in code units, we set up
 | 
						|
C16_WORK_SIZE as the number of elements in the 16-bit vector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
During the first compiling phase, when determining how much memory is required,
 | 
						|
the regex is partly compiled into this space, but the compiled parts are
 | 
						|
discarded as soon as they can be, so that hopefully there will never be an
 | 
						|
overrun. The code does, however, check for an overrun, which can occur for
 | 
						|
pathological patterns. The size of the workspace depends on LINK_SIZE because
 | 
						|
the length of compiled items varies with this.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In the real compile phase, this workspace is not currently used. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define COMPILE_WORK_SIZE (2048*LINK_SIZE)   /* Size in code units */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define C16_WORK_SIZE \
 | 
						|
  ((COMPILE_WORK_SIZE * sizeof(PCRE2_UCHAR))/sizeof(uint16_t))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* A uint32_t vector is used for caching information about the size of
 | 
						|
capturing groups, to improve performance. A default is created on the stack of
 | 
						|
this size. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define GROUPINFO_DEFAULT_SIZE 256
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The overrun tests check for a slightly smaller size so that they detect the
 | 
						|
overrun before it actually does run off the end of the data block. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN (100)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This value determines the size of the initial vector that is used for
 | 
						|
remembering named groups during the pre-compile. It is allocated on the stack,
 | 
						|
but if it is too small, it is expanded, in a similar way to the workspace. The
 | 
						|
value is the number of slots in the list. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE  20
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The pre-compiling pass over the pattern creates a parsed pattern in a vector
 | 
						|
of uint32_t. For short patterns this lives on the stack, with this size. Heap
 | 
						|
memory is used for longer patterns. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define PARSED_PATTERN_DEFAULT_SIZE 1024
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Maximum length value to check against when making sure that the variable
 | 
						|
that holds the compiled pattern length does not overflow. We make it a bit less
 | 
						|
than INT_MAX to allow for adding in group terminating code units, so that we
 | 
						|
don't have to check them every time. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define OFLOW_MAX (INT_MAX - 20)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Code values for parsed patterns, which are stored in a vector of 32-bit
 | 
						|
unsigned ints. Values less than META_END are literal data values. The coding
 | 
						|
for identifying the item is in the top 16-bits, leaving 16 bits for the
 | 
						|
additional data that some of them need. The META_CODE, META_DATA, and META_DIFF
 | 
						|
macros are used to manipulate parsed pattern elements.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
NOTE: When these definitions are changed, the table of extra lengths for each
 | 
						|
code (meta_extra_lengths, just below) must be updated to remain in step. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define META_END              0x80000000u  /* End of pattern */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define META_ALT              0x80010000u  /* alternation */
 | 
						|
#define META_ATOMIC           0x80020000u  /* atomic group */
 | 
						|
#define META_BACKREF          0x80030000u  /* Back ref */
 | 
						|
#define META_BACKREF_BYNAME   0x80040000u  /* \k'name' */
 | 
						|
#define META_BIGVALUE         0x80050000u  /* Next is a literal > META_END */
 | 
						|
#define META_CALLOUT_NUMBER   0x80060000u  /* (?C with numerical argument */
 | 
						|
#define META_CALLOUT_STRING   0x80070000u  /* (?C with string argument */
 | 
						|
#define META_CAPTURE          0x80080000u  /* Capturing parenthesis */
 | 
						|
#define META_CIRCUMFLEX       0x80090000u  /* ^ metacharacter */
 | 
						|
#define META_CLASS            0x800a0000u  /* start non-empty class */
 | 
						|
#define META_CLASS_EMPTY      0x800b0000u  /* empty class */
 | 
						|
#define META_CLASS_EMPTY_NOT  0x800c0000u  /* negative empty class */
 | 
						|
#define META_CLASS_END        0x800d0000u  /* end of non-empty class */
 | 
						|
#define META_CLASS_NOT        0x800e0000u  /* start non-empty negative class */
 | 
						|
#define META_COND_ASSERT      0x800f0000u  /* (?(?assertion)... */
 | 
						|
#define META_COND_DEFINE      0x80100000u  /* (?(DEFINE)... */
 | 
						|
#define META_COND_NAME        0x80110000u  /* (?(<name>)... */
 | 
						|
#define META_COND_NUMBER      0x80120000u  /* (?(digits)... */
 | 
						|
#define META_COND_RNAME       0x80130000u  /* (?(R&name)... */
 | 
						|
#define META_COND_RNUMBER     0x80140000u  /* (?(Rdigits)... */
 | 
						|
#define META_COND_VERSION     0x80150000u  /* (?(VERSION<op>x.y)... */
 | 
						|
#define META_DOLLAR           0x80160000u  /* $ metacharacter */
 | 
						|
#define META_DOT              0x80170000u  /* . metacharacter */
 | 
						|
#define META_ESCAPE           0x80180000u  /* \d and friends */
 | 
						|
#define META_KET              0x80190000u  /* closing parenthesis */
 | 
						|
#define META_NOCAPTURE        0x801a0000u  /* no capture parens */
 | 
						|
#define META_OPTIONS          0x801b0000u  /* (?i) and friends */
 | 
						|
#define META_POSIX            0x801c0000u  /* POSIX class item */
 | 
						|
#define META_POSIX_NEG        0x801d0000u  /* negative POSIX class item */
 | 
						|
#define META_RANGE_ESCAPED    0x801e0000u  /* range with at least one escape */
 | 
						|
#define META_RANGE_LITERAL    0x801f0000u  /* range defined literally */
 | 
						|
#define META_RECURSE          0x80200000u  /* Recursion */
 | 
						|
#define META_RECURSE_BYNAME   0x80210000u  /* (?&name) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* These must be kept together to make it easy to check that an assertion
 | 
						|
is present where expected in a conditional group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define META_LOOKAHEAD        0x80220000u  /* (?= */
 | 
						|
#define META_LOOKAHEADNOT     0x80230000u  /* (?! */
 | 
						|
#define META_LOOKBEHIND       0x80240000u  /* (?<= */
 | 
						|
#define META_LOOKBEHINDNOT    0x80250000u  /* (?<! */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* These must be kept in this order, with consecutive values, and the _ARG
 | 
						|
versions of PRUNE, SKIP, and THEN immediately after their non-argument
 | 
						|
versions. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define META_MARK             0x80260000u  /* (*MARK) */
 | 
						|
#define META_ACCEPT           0x80270000u  /* (*ACCEPT) */
 | 
						|
#define META_COMMIT           0x80280000u  /* (*COMMIT) */
 | 
						|
#define META_FAIL             0x80290000u  /* (*FAIL) */
 | 
						|
#define META_PRUNE            0x802a0000u  /* These pairs must    */
 | 
						|
#define META_PRUNE_ARG        0x802b0000u  /*   be                */
 | 
						|
#define META_SKIP             0x802c0000u  /*     kept            */
 | 
						|
#define META_SKIP_ARG         0x802d0000u  /*         in          */
 | 
						|
#define META_THEN             0x802e0000u  /*           this      */
 | 
						|
#define META_THEN_ARG         0x802f0000u  /*               order */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* These must be kept in groups of adjacent 3 values, and all together. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define META_ASTERISK         0x80300000u  /* *  */
 | 
						|
#define META_ASTERISK_PLUS    0x80310000u  /* *+ */
 | 
						|
#define META_ASTERISK_QUERY   0x80320000u  /* *? */
 | 
						|
#define META_PLUS             0x80330000u  /* +  */
 | 
						|
#define META_PLUS_PLUS        0x80340000u  /* ++ */
 | 
						|
#define META_PLUS_QUERY       0x80350000u  /* +? */
 | 
						|
#define META_QUERY            0x80360000u  /* ?  */
 | 
						|
#define META_QUERY_PLUS       0x80370000u  /* ?+ */
 | 
						|
#define META_QUERY_QUERY      0x80380000u  /* ?? */
 | 
						|
#define META_MINMAX           0x80390000u  /* {n,m}  repeat */
 | 
						|
#define META_MINMAX_PLUS      0x803a0000u  /* {n,m}+ repeat */
 | 
						|
#define META_MINMAX_QUERY     0x803b0000u  /* {n,m}? repeat */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define META_FIRST_QUANTIFIER META_ASTERISK
 | 
						|
#define META_LAST_QUANTIFIER  META_MINMAX_QUERY
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table of extra lengths for each of the meta codes. Must be kept in step with
 | 
						|
the definitions above. For some items these values are a basic length to which
 | 
						|
a variable amount has to be added. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static unsigned char meta_extra_lengths[] = {
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_END */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_ALT */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_ATOMIC */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_BACKREF - more if group is >= 10 */
 | 
						|
  1+SIZEOFFSET,  /* META_BACKREF_BYNAME */
 | 
						|
  1,             /* META_BIGVALUE */
 | 
						|
  3,             /* META_CALLOUT_NUMBER */
 | 
						|
  3+SIZEOFFSET,  /* META_CALLOUT_STRING */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_CAPTURE */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_CIRCUMFLEX */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_CLASS */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_CLASS_EMPTY */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_CLASS_EMPTY_NOT */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_CLASS_END */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_CLASS_NOT */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_COND_ASSERT */
 | 
						|
  SIZEOFFSET,    /* META_COND_DEFINE */
 | 
						|
  1+SIZEOFFSET,  /* META_COND_NAME */
 | 
						|
  1+SIZEOFFSET,  /* META_COND_NUMBER */
 | 
						|
  1+SIZEOFFSET,  /* META_COND_RNAME */
 | 
						|
  1+SIZEOFFSET,  /* META_COND_RNUMBER */
 | 
						|
  3,             /* META_COND_VERSION */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_DOLLAR */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_DOT */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_ESCAPE - more for ESC_P, ESC_p, ESC_g, ESC_k */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_KET */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_NOCAPTURE */
 | 
						|
  1,             /* META_OPTIONS */
 | 
						|
  1,             /* META_POSIX */
 | 
						|
  1,             /* META_POSIX_NEG */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_RANGE_ESCAPED */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_RANGE_LITERAL */
 | 
						|
  SIZEOFFSET,    /* META_RECURSE */
 | 
						|
  1+SIZEOFFSET,  /* META_RECURSE_BYNAME */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_LOOKAHEAD */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_LOOKAHEADNOT */
 | 
						|
  SIZEOFFSET,    /* META_LOOKBEHIND */
 | 
						|
  SIZEOFFSET,    /* META_LOOKBEHINDNOT */
 | 
						|
  1,             /* META_MARK - plus the string length */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_ACCEPT */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_COMMIT */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_FAIL */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_PRUNE */
 | 
						|
  1,             /* META_PRUNE_ARG - plus the string length */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_SKIP */
 | 
						|
  1,             /* META_SKIP_ARG - plus the string length */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_THEN */
 | 
						|
  1,             /* META_THEN_ARG - plus the string length */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_ASTERISK */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_ASTERISK_PLUS */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_ASTERISK_QUERY */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_PLUS */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_PLUS_PLUS */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_PLUS_QUERY */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_QUERY */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_QUERY_PLUS */
 | 
						|
  0,             /* META_QUERY_QUERY */
 | 
						|
  2,             /* META_MINMAX */
 | 
						|
  2,             /* META_MINMAX_PLUS */
 | 
						|
  2              /* META_MINMAX_QUERY */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Types for skipping parts of a parsed pattern. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum { PSKIP_ALT, PSKIP_CLASS, PSKIP_KET };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Macro for setting individual bits in class bitmaps. It took some
 | 
						|
experimenting to figure out how to stop gcc 5.3.0 from warning with
 | 
						|
-Wconversion. This version gets a warning:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  #define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] |= (uint8_t)(1 << ((b)&7))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Let's hope the apparently less efficient version isn't actually so bad if the
 | 
						|
compiler is clever with identical subexpressions. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define SETBIT(a,b) a[(b)/8] = (uint8_t)(a[(b)/8] | (1 << ((b)&7)))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Private flags added to firstcu and reqcu. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define REQ_CASELESS    (1 << 0)        /* Indicates caselessness */
 | 
						|
#define REQ_VARY        (1 << 1)        /* reqcu followed non-literal item */
 | 
						|
/* Negative values for the firstcu and reqcu flags */
 | 
						|
#define REQ_UNSET       (-2)            /* Not yet found anything */
 | 
						|
#define REQ_NONE        (-1)            /* Found not fixed char */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* These flags are used in the groupinfo vector. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define GI_SET_FIXED_LENGTH    0x80000000u
 | 
						|
#define GI_NOT_FIXED_LENGTH    0x40000000u
 | 
						|
#define GI_FIXED_LENGTH_MASK   0x0000ffffu
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This simple test for a decimal digit works for both ASCII/Unicode and EBCDIC
 | 
						|
and is fast (a good compiler can turn it into a subtraction and unsigned
 | 
						|
comparison). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define IS_DIGIT(x) ((x) >= CHAR_0 && (x) <= CHAR_9)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table to identify hex digits. The tables in chartables are dependent on the
 | 
						|
locale, and may mark arbitrary characters as digits. We want to recognize only
 | 
						|
0-9, a-z, and A-Z as hex digits, which is why we have a private table here. It
 | 
						|
costs 256 bytes, but it is a lot faster than doing character value tests (at
 | 
						|
least in some simple cases I timed), and in some applications one wants PCRE2
 | 
						|
to compile efficiently as well as match efficiently. The value in the table is
 | 
						|
the binary hex digit value, or 0xff for non-hex digits. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is the "normal" case, for ASCII systems, and EBCDIC systems running in
 | 
						|
UTF-8 mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC
 | 
						|
static const uint8_t xdigitab[] =
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*   0-  7 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*   8- 15 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  16- 23 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  24- 31 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*    - '  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  ( - /  */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x01,0x02,0x03,0x04,0x05,0x06,0x07, /*  0 - 7  */
 | 
						|
  0x08,0x09,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  8 - ?  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0x0a,0x0b,0x0c,0x0d,0x0e,0x0f,0xff, /*  @ - G  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  H - O  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  P - W  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  X - _  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0x0a,0x0b,0x0c,0x0d,0x0e,0x0f,0xff, /*  ` - g  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  h - o  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  p - w  */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  x -127 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 128-135 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 136-143 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 144-151 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 152-159 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 160-167 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 168-175 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 176-183 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 184-191 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 192-199 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 2ff-207 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 208-215 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 216-223 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 224-231 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 232-239 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 240-247 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff};/* 248-255 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is the "abnormal" case, for EBCDIC systems not running in UTF-8 mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uint8_t xdigitab[] =
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*   0-  7  0 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*   8- 15    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  16- 23 10 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  24- 31    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  32- 39 20 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  40- 47    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  48- 55 30 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  56- 63    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*    - 71 40 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  72- |     */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  & - 87 50 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  88- 95    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  - -103 60 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 104- ?     */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 112-119 70 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 120- "     */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0x0a,0x0b,0x0c,0x0d,0x0e,0x0f,0xff, /* 128- g  80 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  h -143    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 144- p  90 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  q -159    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 160- x  A0 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  y -175    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  ^ -183 B0 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /* 184-191    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0x0a,0x0b,0x0c,0x0d,0x0e,0x0f,0xff, /*  { - G  C0 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  H -207    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  } - P  D0 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  Q -223    */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  \ - X  E0 */
 | 
						|
  0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff, /*  Y -239    */
 | 
						|
  0x00,0x01,0x02,0x03,0x04,0x05,0x06,0x07, /*  0 - 7  F0 */
 | 
						|
  0x08,0x09,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff,0xff};/*  8 -255    */
 | 
						|
#endif  /* EBCDIC */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table for handling alphanumeric escaped characters. Positive returns are
 | 
						|
simple data values; negative values are for special things like \d and so on.
 | 
						|
Zero means further processing is needed (for things like \x), or the escape is
 | 
						|
invalid. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is the "normal" table for ASCII systems or for EBCDIC systems running
 | 
						|
in UTF-8 mode. It runs from '0' to 'z'. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC
 | 
						|
#define ESCAPES_FIRST       CHAR_0
 | 
						|
#define ESCAPES_LAST        CHAR_z
 | 
						|
#define UPPER_CASE(c)       (c-32)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const short int escapes[] = {
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_COLON,              CHAR_SEMICOLON,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN,     CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN,  CHAR_QUESTION_MARK,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_COMMERCIAL_AT,      -ESC_A,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_B,                  -ESC_C,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_D,                  -ESC_E,
 | 
						|
     0,                       -ESC_G,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_H,                  0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       -ESC_K,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_N,                  0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_P,                  -ESC_Q,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_R,                  -ESC_S,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_V,                  -ESC_W,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_X,                  0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_Z,                  CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_BACKSLASH,          CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT,  CHAR_UNDERSCORE,
 | 
						|
     CHAR_GRAVE_ACCENT,       ESC_a,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_b,                  0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_d,                  ESC_e,
 | 
						|
     ESC_f,                   0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_h,                  0,
 | 
						|
     0,                       -ESC_k,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     ESC_n,                   0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_p,                  0,
 | 
						|
     ESC_r,                   -ESC_s,
 | 
						|
     ESC_tee,                 0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_v,                  -ESC_w,
 | 
						|
     0,                       0,
 | 
						|
     -ESC_z
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is the "abnormal" table for EBCDIC systems without UTF-8 support.
 | 
						|
It runs from 'a' to '9'. For some minimal testing of EBCDIC features, the code
 | 
						|
is sometimes compiled on an ASCII system. In this case, we must not use CHAR_a
 | 
						|
because it is defined as 'a', which of course picks up the ASCII value. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if 'a' == 0x81                    /* Check for a real EBCDIC environment */
 | 
						|
#define ESCAPES_FIRST       CHAR_a
 | 
						|
#define ESCAPES_LAST        CHAR_9
 | 
						|
#define UPPER_CASE(c)       (c+64)
 | 
						|
#else                              /* Testing in an ASCII environment */
 | 
						|
#define ESCAPES_FIRST  ((unsigned char)'\x81')   /* EBCDIC 'a' */
 | 
						|
#define ESCAPES_LAST   ((unsigned char)'\xf9')   /* EBCDIC '9' */
 | 
						|
#define UPPER_CASE(c)  (c-32)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const short int escapes[] = {
 | 
						|
/*  80 */        ESC_a, -ESC_b,       0, -ESC_d, ESC_e,  ESC_f,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  88 */-ESC_h,     0,      0,     '{',      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  90 */     0,     0, -ESC_k,       0,      0, ESC_n,      0, -ESC_p,
 | 
						|
/*  98 */     0, ESC_r,      0,     '}',      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  A0 */     0,   '~', -ESC_s, ESC_tee,      0,-ESC_v, -ESC_w,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  A8 */     0,-ESC_z,      0,       0,      0,   '[',      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  B0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  B8 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,   ']',    '=',    '-',
 | 
						|
/*  C0 */   '{',-ESC_A, -ESC_B,  -ESC_C, -ESC_D,-ESC_E,      0, -ESC_G,
 | 
						|
/*  C8 */-ESC_H,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  D0 */   '}',     0, -ESC_K,       0,      0,-ESC_N,      0, -ESC_P,
 | 
						|
/*  D8 */-ESC_Q,-ESC_R,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  E0 */  '\\',     0, -ESC_S,       0,      0,-ESC_V, -ESC_W, -ESC_X,
 | 
						|
/*  E8 */     0,-ESC_Z,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  F0 */     0,     0,      0,       0,      0,     0,      0,      0,
 | 
						|
/*  F8 */     0,     0
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* We also need a table of characters that may follow \c in an EBCDIC
 | 
						|
environment for characters 0-31. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static unsigned char ebcdic_escape_c[] = "@ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZ[\\]^_";
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#endif   /* EBCDIC */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table of special "verbs" like (*PRUNE). This is a short table, so it is
 | 
						|
searched linearly. Put all the names into a single string, in order to reduce
 | 
						|
the number of relocations when a shared library is dynamically linked. The
 | 
						|
string is built from string macros so that it works in UTF-8 mode on EBCDIC
 | 
						|
platforms. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct verbitem {
 | 
						|
  unsigned int len;          /* Length of verb name */
 | 
						|
  uint32_t meta;             /* Base META_ code */
 | 
						|
  int has_arg;               /* Argument requirement */
 | 
						|
} verbitem;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const char verbnames[] =
 | 
						|
  "\0"                       /* Empty name is a shorthand for MARK */
 | 
						|
  STRING_MARK0
 | 
						|
  STRING_ACCEPT0
 | 
						|
  STRING_COMMIT0
 | 
						|
  STRING_F0
 | 
						|
  STRING_FAIL0
 | 
						|
  STRING_PRUNE0
 | 
						|
  STRING_SKIP0
 | 
						|
  STRING_THEN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const verbitem verbs[] = {
 | 
						|
  { 0, META_MARK,   +1 },  /* > 0 => must have an argument */
 | 
						|
  { 4, META_MARK,   +1 },
 | 
						|
  { 6, META_ACCEPT, -1 },  /* < 0 => must not have an argument */
 | 
						|
  { 6, META_COMMIT, -1 },
 | 
						|
  { 1, META_FAIL,   -1 },
 | 
						|
  { 4, META_FAIL,   -1 },
 | 
						|
  { 5, META_PRUNE,   0 },  /* Argument is optional; bump META code if found */
 | 
						|
  { 4, META_SKIP,    0 },
 | 
						|
  { 4, META_THEN,    0 }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const int verbcount = sizeof(verbs)/sizeof(verbitem);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Verb opcodes, indexed by their META code offset from META_MARK. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uint32_t verbops[] = {
 | 
						|
  OP_MARK, OP_ACCEPT, OP_COMMIT, OP_FAIL, OP_PRUNE, OP_PRUNE_ARG, OP_SKIP,
 | 
						|
  OP_SKIP_ARG, OP_THEN, OP_THEN_ARG };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Offsets from OP_STAR for case-independent and negative repeat opcodes. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static uint32_t chartypeoffset[] = {
 | 
						|
  OP_STAR - OP_STAR,    OP_STARI - OP_STAR,
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTSTAR - OP_STAR, OP_NOTSTARI - OP_STAR };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Tables of names of POSIX character classes and their lengths. The names are
 | 
						|
now all in a single string, to reduce the number of relocations when a shared
 | 
						|
library is dynamically loaded. The list of lengths is terminated by a zero
 | 
						|
length entry. The first three must be alpha, lower, upper, as this is assumed
 | 
						|
for handling case independence. The indices for graph, print, and punct are
 | 
						|
needed, so identify them. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const char posix_names[] =
 | 
						|
  STRING_alpha0 STRING_lower0 STRING_upper0 STRING_alnum0
 | 
						|
  STRING_ascii0 STRING_blank0 STRING_cntrl0 STRING_digit0
 | 
						|
  STRING_graph0 STRING_print0 STRING_punct0 STRING_space0
 | 
						|
  STRING_word0  STRING_xdigit;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uint8_t posix_name_lengths[] = {
 | 
						|
  5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 5, 4, 6, 0 };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define PC_GRAPH  8
 | 
						|
#define PC_PRINT  9
 | 
						|
#define PC_PUNCT 10
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Table of class bit maps for each POSIX class. Each class is formed from a
 | 
						|
base map, with an optional addition or removal of another map. Then, for some
 | 
						|
classes, there is some additional tweaking: for [:blank:] the vertical space
 | 
						|
characters are removed, and for [:alpha:] and [:alnum:] the underscore
 | 
						|
character is removed. The triples in the table consist of the base map offset,
 | 
						|
second map offset or -1 if no second map, and a non-negative value for map
 | 
						|
addition or a negative value for map subtraction (if there are two maps). The
 | 
						|
absolute value of the third field has these meanings: 0 => no tweaking, 1 =>
 | 
						|
remove vertical space characters, 2 => remove underscore. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const int posix_class_maps[] = {
 | 
						|
  cbit_word,  cbit_digit, -2,             /* alpha */
 | 
						|
  cbit_lower, -1,          0,             /* lower */
 | 
						|
  cbit_upper, -1,          0,             /* upper */
 | 
						|
  cbit_word,  -1,          2,             /* alnum - word without underscore */
 | 
						|
  cbit_print, cbit_cntrl,  0,             /* ascii */
 | 
						|
  cbit_space, -1,          1,             /* blank - a GNU extension */
 | 
						|
  cbit_cntrl, -1,          0,             /* cntrl */
 | 
						|
  cbit_digit, -1,          0,             /* digit */
 | 
						|
  cbit_graph, -1,          0,             /* graph */
 | 
						|
  cbit_print, -1,          0,             /* print */
 | 
						|
  cbit_punct, -1,          0,             /* punct */
 | 
						|
  cbit_space, -1,          0,             /* space */
 | 
						|
  cbit_word,  -1,          0,             /* word - a Perl extension */
 | 
						|
  cbit_xdigit,-1,          0              /* xdigit */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The POSIX class Unicode property substitutes that are used in UCP mode must
 | 
						|
be in the order of the POSIX class names, defined above. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int posix_substitutes[] = {
 | 
						|
  PT_GC, ucp_L,     /* alpha */
 | 
						|
  PT_PC, ucp_Ll,    /* lower */
 | 
						|
  PT_PC, ucp_Lu,    /* upper */
 | 
						|
  PT_ALNUM, 0,      /* alnum */
 | 
						|
  -1, 0,            /* ascii, treat as non-UCP */
 | 
						|
  -1, 1,            /* blank, treat as \h */
 | 
						|
  PT_PC, ucp_Cc,    /* cntrl */
 | 
						|
  PT_PC, ucp_Nd,    /* digit */
 | 
						|
  PT_PXGRAPH, 0,    /* graph */
 | 
						|
  PT_PXPRINT, 0,    /* print */
 | 
						|
  PT_PXPUNCT, 0,    /* punct */
 | 
						|
  PT_PXSPACE, 0,    /* space */   /* Xps is POSIX space, but from 8.34 */
 | 
						|
  PT_WORD, 0,       /* word  */   /* Perl and POSIX space are the same */
 | 
						|
  -1, 0             /* xdigit, treat as non-UCP */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
#define POSIX_SUBSIZE (sizeof(posix_substitutes) / (2*sizeof(uint32_t)))
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UNICODE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Masks for checking option settings. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS \
 | 
						|
  (PCRE2_ANCHORED|PCRE2_ALLOW_EMPTY_CLASS|PCRE2_ALT_BSUX|PCRE2_ALT_CIRCUMFLEX| \
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_ALT_VERBNAMES|PCRE2_AUTO_CALLOUT|PCRE2_CASELESS|PCRE2_DOLLAR_ENDONLY| \
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_DOTALL|PCRE2_DUPNAMES|PCRE2_EXTENDED|PCRE2_FIRSTLINE| \
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_MATCH_UNSET_BACKREF|PCRE2_MULTILINE|PCRE2_NEVER_BACKSLASH_C| \
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_NEVER_UCP|PCRE2_NEVER_UTF|PCRE2_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE| \
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_NO_AUTO_POSSESS|PCRE2_NO_DOTSTAR_ANCHOR|PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE| \
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_NO_UTF_CHECK|PCRE2_UCP|PCRE2_UNGREEDY|PCRE2_USE_OFFSET_LIMIT| \
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_UTF)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Compile time error code numbers. They are given names so that they can more
 | 
						|
easily be tracked. When a new number is added, the tables called eint1 and
 | 
						|
eint2 in pcre2posix.c may need to be updated, and a new error text must be
 | 
						|
added to compile_error_texts in pcre2_error.c. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum { ERR0 = COMPILE_ERROR_BASE,
 | 
						|
       ERR1,  ERR2,  ERR3,  ERR4,  ERR5,  ERR6,  ERR7,  ERR8,  ERR9,  ERR10,
 | 
						|
       ERR11, ERR12, ERR13, ERR14, ERR15, ERR16, ERR17, ERR18, ERR19, ERR20,
 | 
						|
       ERR21, ERR22, ERR23, ERR24, ERR25, ERR26, ERR27, ERR28, ERR29, ERR30,
 | 
						|
       ERR31, ERR32, ERR33, ERR34, ERR35, ERR36, ERR37, ERR38, ERR39, ERR40,
 | 
						|
       ERR41, ERR42, ERR43, ERR44, ERR45, ERR46, ERR47, ERR48, ERR49, ERR50,
 | 
						|
       ERR51, ERR52, ERR53, ERR54, ERR55, ERR56, ERR57, ERR58, ERR59, ERR60,
 | 
						|
       ERR61, ERR62, ERR63, ERR64, ERR65, ERR66, ERR67, ERR68, ERR69, ERR70,
 | 
						|
       ERR71, ERR72, ERR73, ERR74, ERR75, ERR76, ERR77, ERR78, ERR79, ERR80,
 | 
						|
       ERR81, ERR82, ERR83, ERR84, ERR85, ERR86, ERR87, ERR88, ERR89, ERR90 };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is a table of start-of-pattern options such as (*UTF) and settings such
 | 
						|
as (*LIMIT_MATCH=nnnn) and (*CRLF). For completeness and backward
 | 
						|
compatibility, (*UTFn) is supported in the relevant libraries, but (*UTF) is
 | 
						|
generic and always supported. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum { PSO_OPT,     /* Value is an option bit */
 | 
						|
       PSO_FLG,     /* Value is a flag bit */
 | 
						|
       PSO_NL,      /* Value is a newline type */
 | 
						|
       PSO_BSR,     /* Value is a \R type */
 | 
						|
       PSO_LIMM,    /* Read integer value for match limit */
 | 
						|
       PSO_LIMR };  /* Read integer value for recursion limit */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct pso {
 | 
						|
  const uint8_t *name;
 | 
						|
  uint16_t length;
 | 
						|
  uint16_t type;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t value;
 | 
						|
} pso;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* NB: STRING_UTFn_RIGHTPAR contains the length as well */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static pso pso_list[] = {
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_UTFn_RIGHTPAR,                  PSO_OPT, PCRE2_UTF },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_UTF_RIGHTPAR,                4, PSO_OPT, PCRE2_UTF },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_UCP_RIGHTPAR,                4, PSO_OPT, PCRE2_UCP },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_NOTEMPTY_RIGHTPAR,           9, PSO_FLG, PCRE2_NOTEMPTY_SET },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_NOTEMPTY_ATSTART_RIGHTPAR,  17, PSO_FLG, PCRE2_NE_ATST_SET },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_NO_AUTO_POSSESS_RIGHTPAR,   16, PSO_OPT, PCRE2_NO_AUTO_POSSESS },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_NO_DOTSTAR_ANCHOR_RIGHTPAR, 18, PSO_OPT, PCRE2_NO_DOTSTAR_ANCHOR },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_NO_JIT_RIGHTPAR,             7, PSO_FLG, PCRE2_NOJIT },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_NO_START_OPT_RIGHTPAR,      13, PSO_OPT, PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_LIMIT_MATCH_EQ,             12, PSO_LIMM, 0 },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_LIMIT_RECURSION_EQ,         16, PSO_LIMR, 0 },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_CR_RIGHTPAR,                 3, PSO_NL,  PCRE2_NEWLINE_CR },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_LF_RIGHTPAR,                 3, PSO_NL,  PCRE2_NEWLINE_LF },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_CRLF_RIGHTPAR,               5, PSO_NL,  PCRE2_NEWLINE_CRLF },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_ANY_RIGHTPAR,                4, PSO_NL,  PCRE2_NEWLINE_ANY },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR,            8, PSO_NL,  PCRE2_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_BSR_ANYCRLF_RIGHTPAR,       12, PSO_BSR, PCRE2_BSR_ANYCRLF },
 | 
						|
  { (uint8_t *)STRING_BSR_UNICODE_RIGHTPAR,       12, PSO_BSR, PCRE2_BSR_UNICODE }
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This table is used when converting repeating opcodes into possessified
 | 
						|
versions as a result of an explicit possessive quantifier such as ++. A zero
 | 
						|
value means there is no possessified version - in those cases the item in
 | 
						|
question must be wrapped in ONCE brackets. The table is truncated at OP_CALLOUT
 | 
						|
because all relevant opcodes are less than that. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const uint8_t opcode_possessify[] = {
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 0 - 15  */
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,   /* 16 - 31 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  0,                       /* NOTI */
 | 
						|
  OP_POSSTAR, 0,           /* STAR, MINSTAR */
 | 
						|
  OP_POSPLUS, 0,           /* PLUS, MINPLUS */
 | 
						|
  OP_POSQUERY, 0,          /* QUERY, MINQUERY */
 | 
						|
  OP_POSUPTO, 0,           /* UPTO, MINUPTO */
 | 
						|
  0,                       /* EXACT */
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0, 0,              /* POS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OP_POSSTARI, 0,          /* STARI, MINSTARI */
 | 
						|
  OP_POSPLUSI, 0,          /* PLUSI, MINPLUSI */
 | 
						|
  OP_POSQUERYI, 0,         /* QUERYI, MINQUERYI */
 | 
						|
  OP_POSUPTOI, 0,          /* UPTOI, MINUPTOI */
 | 
						|
  0,                       /* EXACTI */
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0, 0,              /* POS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTPOSSTAR, 0,        /* NOTSTAR, NOTMINSTAR */
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTPOSPLUS, 0,        /* NOTPLUS, NOTMINPLUS */
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTPOSQUERY, 0,       /* NOTQUERY, NOTMINQUERY */
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTPOSUPTO, 0,        /* NOTUPTO, NOTMINUPTO */
 | 
						|
  0,                       /* NOTEXACT */
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0, 0,              /* NOTPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTPOSSTARI, 0,       /* NOTSTARI, NOTMINSTARI */
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTPOSPLUSI, 0,       /* NOTPLUSI, NOTMINPLUSI */
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTPOSQUERYI, 0,      /* NOTQUERYI, NOTMINQUERYI */
 | 
						|
  OP_NOTPOSUPTOI, 0,       /* NOTUPTOI, NOTMINUPTOI */
 | 
						|
  0,                       /* NOTEXACTI */
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0, 0,              /* NOTPOS{STARI,PLUSI,QUERYI,UPTOI} */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OP_TYPEPOSSTAR, 0,       /* TYPESTAR, TYPEMINSTAR */
 | 
						|
  OP_TYPEPOSPLUS, 0,       /* TYPEPLUS, TYPEMINPLUS */
 | 
						|
  OP_TYPEPOSQUERY, 0,      /* TYPEQUERY, TYPEMINQUERY */
 | 
						|
  OP_TYPEPOSUPTO, 0,       /* TYPEUPTO, TYPEMINUPTO */
 | 
						|
  0,                       /* TYPEEXACT */
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0, 0,              /* TYPEPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,UPTO} */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  OP_CRPOSSTAR, 0,         /* CRSTAR, CRMINSTAR */
 | 
						|
  OP_CRPOSPLUS, 0,         /* CRPLUS, CRMINPLUS */
 | 
						|
  OP_CRPOSQUERY, 0,        /* CRQUERY, CRMINQUERY */
 | 
						|
  OP_CRPOSRANGE, 0,        /* CRRANGE, CRMINRANGE */
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0, 0,              /* CRPOS{STAR,PLUS,QUERY,RANGE} */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  0, 0, 0,                 /* CLASS, NCLASS, XCLASS */
 | 
						|
  0, 0,                    /* REF, REFI */
 | 
						|
  0, 0,                    /* DNREF, DNREFI */
 | 
						|
  0, 0                     /* RECURSE, CALLOUT */
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG_SHOW_PARSED
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*     Show the parsed pattern for debugging      *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* For debugging the pre-scan, this code, which outputs the parsed data vector,
 | 
						|
can be enabled. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void show_parsed(compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t *pptr = cb->parsed_pattern;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int max, min;
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SIZE offset;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t i;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t length;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t meta_arg = META_DATA(*pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  fprintf(stderr, "+++ %02d %.8x ", (int)(pptr - cb->parsed_pattern), *pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (*pptr < META_END)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (*pptr > 32 && *pptr < 128) fprintf(stderr, "%c", *pptr);
 | 
						|
    pptr++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else switch (META_CODE(*pptr++))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "**** OOPS - unknown META value - giving up ****\n");
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_END:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META_END\n");
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META_CAPTURE %d", meta_arg);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_RECURSE:
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META_RECURSE %d %zd", meta_arg, offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF:
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg < 10)
 | 
						|
      offset = cb->small_ref_offset[meta_arg];
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META_BACKREF %d %zd", meta_arg, offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ESCAPE:
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg == ESC_P || meta_arg == ESC_p)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t ptype = *pptr >> 16;
 | 
						|
      uint32_t pvalue = *pptr++ & 0xffff;
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META \\%c %d %d", (meta_arg == ESC_P)? 'P':'p',
 | 
						|
        ptype, pvalue);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t cc;
 | 
						|
      /* There's just one escape we might have here that isn't negated in the
 | 
						|
      escapes table. */
 | 
						|
      if (meta_arg == ESC_g) cc = CHAR_g;
 | 
						|
      else for (cc = ESCAPES_FIRST; cc <= ESCAPES_LAST; cc++)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (meta_arg == (uint32_t)(-escapes[cc - ESCAPES_FIRST])) break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (cc > ESCAPES_LAST) cc = CHAR_QUESTION_MARK;
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META \\%c", cc);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX:
 | 
						|
    min = *pptr++;
 | 
						|
    max = *pptr++;
 | 
						|
    if (max != REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META {%d,%d}", min, max);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META {%d,}", min);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    min = *pptr++;
 | 
						|
    max = *pptr++;
 | 
						|
    if (max != REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META {%d,%d}?", min, max);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META {%d,}?", min);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    min = *pptr++;
 | 
						|
    max = *pptr++;
 | 
						|
    if (max != REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META {%d,%d}+", min, max);
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META {%d,}+", min);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BIGVALUE: fprintf(stderr, "META_BIGVALUE %.8x", *pptr++); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_CIRCUMFLEX: fprintf(stderr, "META_CIRCUMFLEX"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_ASSERT: fprintf(stderr, "META_COND_ASSERT"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_DOLLAR: fprintf(stderr, "META_DOLLAR"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_DOT: fprintf(stderr, "META_DOT"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK: fprintf(stderr, "META *"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK_QUERY: fprintf(stderr, "META *?"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK_PLUS: fprintf(stderr, "META *+"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS: fprintf(stderr, "META +"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS_QUERY: fprintf(stderr, "META +?"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS_PLUS: fprintf(stderr, "META ++"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY: fprintf(stderr, "META ?"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY_QUERY: fprintf(stderr, "META ??"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY_PLUS: fprintf(stderr, "META ?+"); break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ATOMIC: fprintf(stderr, "META (?>"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_NOCAPTURE: fprintf(stderr, "META (?:"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEAD: fprintf(stderr, "META (?="); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEADNOT: fprintf(stderr, "META (?!"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_KET: fprintf(stderr, "META )"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_ALT: fprintf(stderr, "META | %d", meta_arg); break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS: fprintf(stderr, "META ["); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_NOT: fprintf(stderr, "META [^"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_END: fprintf(stderr, "META ]"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_EMPTY: fprintf(stderr, "META []"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_EMPTY_NOT: fprintf(stderr, "META [^]"); break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_RANGE_LITERAL: fprintf(stderr, "META - (literal)"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_RANGE_ESCAPED: fprintf(stderr, "META - (escaped)"); break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_POSIX: fprintf(stderr, "META_POSIX %d", *pptr++); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_POSIX_NEG: fprintf(stderr, "META_POSIX_NEG %d", *pptr++); break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ACCEPT: fprintf(stderr, "META (*ACCEPT)"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_COMMIT: fprintf(stderr, "META (*COMMIT)"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_FAIL: fprintf(stderr, "META (*FAIL)"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE: fprintf(stderr, "META (*PRUNE)"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP: fprintf(stderr, "META (*SKIP)"); break;
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN: fprintf(stderr, "META (*THEN)"); break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_OPTIONS: fprintf(stderr, "META_OPTIONS 0x%02x", *pptr++); break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHIND:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?<= %d offset=", meta_arg);
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHINDNOT:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?<! %d offset=", meta_arg);
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CALLOUT_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?C%d) next=%d/%d", pptr[2], pptr[0],
 | 
						|
       pptr[1]);
 | 
						|
    pptr += 3;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CALLOUT_STRING:
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t patoffset = *pptr++;    /* Offset of next pattern item */
 | 
						|
      uint32_t patlength = *pptr++;    /* Length of next pattern item */
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "META (?Cstring) length=%d offset=", *pptr++);
 | 
						|
      GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "%zd next=%d/%d", offset, patoffset, patlength);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_RECURSE_BYNAME:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?(&name) length=%d offset=", *pptr++);
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF_BYNAME:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META_BACKREF_BYNAME length=%d offset=", *pptr++);
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META_COND_NUMBER %d offset=", pptr[SIZEOFFSET]);
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    pptr++;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_DEFINE:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?(DEFINE) offset=");
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_VERSION:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?(VERSION%s", (*pptr++ == 0)? "=" : ">=");
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%d.", *pptr++);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%d)", *pptr++);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NAME:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?(<name>) length=%d offset=", *pptr++);
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNAME:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?(R&name) length=%d offset=", *pptr++);
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* This is kept as a name, because it might be. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNUMBER:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (?(Rnumber) length=%d offset=", *pptr++);
 | 
						|
    GETOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "%zd", offset);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MARK:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (*MARK:");
 | 
						|
    goto SHOWARG;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE_ARG:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (*PRUNE:");
 | 
						|
    goto SHOWARG;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP_ARG:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (*SKIP:");
 | 
						|
    goto SHOWARG;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN_ARG:
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "META (*THEN:");
 | 
						|
    SHOWARG:
 | 
						|
    length = *pptr++;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < length; i++)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t cc = *pptr++;
 | 
						|
      if (cc > 32 && cc < 128) fprintf(stderr, "%c", cc);
 | 
						|
        else fprintf(stderr, "\\x{%x}", cc);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, ") length=%u", length);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  fprintf(stderr, "\n");
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
return;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif  /* DEBUG_SHOW_PARSED */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*               Copy compiled code               *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Compiled JIT code cannot be copied, so the new compiled block has no
 | 
						|
associated JIT data. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE2_EXP_DEFN pcre2_code * PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION
 | 
						|
pcre2_code_copy(const pcre2_code *code)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE* ref_count;
 | 
						|
pcre2_code *newcode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (code == NULL) return NULL;
 | 
						|
newcode = code->memctl.malloc(code->blocksize, code->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
if (newcode == NULL) return NULL;
 | 
						|
memcpy(newcode, code, code->blocksize);
 | 
						|
newcode->executable_jit = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If the code is one that has been deserialized, increment the reference count
 | 
						|
in the decoded tables. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((code->flags & PCRE2_DEREF_TABLES) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  ref_count = (PCRE2_SIZE *)(code->tables + tables_length);
 | 
						|
  (*ref_count)++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return newcode;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*     Copy compiled code and character tables    *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Compiled JIT code cannot be copied, so the new compiled block has no
 | 
						|
associated JIT data. This version of code_copy also makes a separate copy of
 | 
						|
the character tables. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE2_EXP_DEFN pcre2_code * PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION
 | 
						|
pcre2_code_copy_with_tables(const pcre2_code *code)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE* ref_count;
 | 
						|
pcre2_code *newcode;
 | 
						|
uint8_t *newtables;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (code == NULL) return NULL;
 | 
						|
newcode = code->memctl.malloc(code->blocksize, code->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
if (newcode == NULL) return NULL;
 | 
						|
memcpy(newcode, code, code->blocksize);
 | 
						|
newcode->executable_jit = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
newtables = code->memctl.malloc(tables_length + sizeof(PCRE2_SIZE),
 | 
						|
  code->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
if (newtables == NULL)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  code->memctl.free((void *)newcode, code->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
memcpy(newtables, code->tables, tables_length);
 | 
						|
ref_count = (PCRE2_SIZE *)(newtables + tables_length);
 | 
						|
*ref_count = 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
newcode->tables = newtables;
 | 
						|
newcode->flags |= PCRE2_DEREF_TABLES;
 | 
						|
return newcode;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*               Free compiled code               *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE2_EXP_DEFN void PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION
 | 
						|
pcre2_code_free(pcre2_code *code)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE* ref_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (code != NULL)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (code->executable_jit != NULL)
 | 
						|
    PRIV(jit_free)(code->executable_jit, &code->memctl);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((code->flags & PCRE2_DEREF_TABLES) != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* Decoded tables belong to the codes after deserialization, and they must
 | 
						|
    be freed when there are no more reference to them. The *ref_count should
 | 
						|
    always be > 0. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ref_count = (PCRE2_SIZE *)(code->tables + tables_length);
 | 
						|
    if (*ref_count > 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      (*ref_count)--;
 | 
						|
      if (*ref_count == 0)
 | 
						|
        code->memctl.free((void *)code->tables, code->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  code->memctl.free(code, code->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*         Read a number, possibly signed         *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is used to read numbers in the pattern. The initial pointer
 | 
						|
must be the sign or first digit of the number. When relative values (introduced
 | 
						|
by + or -) are allowed, they are relative group numbers, and the result must be
 | 
						|
greater than zero.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptrptr      points to the character pointer variable
 | 
						|
  ptrend      points to the end of the input string
 | 
						|
  allow_sign  if < 0, sign not allowed; if >= 0, sign is relative to this
 | 
						|
  max_value   the largest number allowed
 | 
						|
  max_error   the error to give for an over-large number
 | 
						|
  intptr      where to put the result
 | 
						|
  errcodeptr  where to put an error code
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      TRUE  - a number was read
 | 
						|
              FALSE - errorcode == 0 => no number was found
 | 
						|
                      errorcode != 0 => an error occurred
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
read_number(PCRE2_SPTR *ptrptr, PCRE2_SPTR ptrend, int32_t allow_sign,
 | 
						|
  uint32_t max_value, uint32_t max_error, int *intptr, int *errorcodeptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int sign = 0;
 | 
						|
uint32_t n = 0;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR ptr = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
BOOL yield = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*errorcodeptr = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (allow_sign >= 0 && ptr < ptrend)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (*ptr == CHAR_PLUS)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    sign = +1;
 | 
						|
    max_value -= allow_sign;
 | 
						|
    ptr++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else if (*ptr == CHAR_MINUS)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    sign = -1;
 | 
						|
    ptr++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (ptr >= ptrend || !IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
while (ptr < ptrend && IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
  if (n > max_value)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = max_error;
 | 
						|
    goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (allow_sign >= 0 && sign != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (n == 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR26;  /* +0 and -0 are not allowed */
 | 
						|
    goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sign > 0) n += allow_sign;
 | 
						|
  else if ((int)n > allow_sign)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR15;  /* Non-existent subpattern */
 | 
						|
    goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else n = allow_sign + 1 - n;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
yield = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EXIT:
 | 
						|
*intptr = n;
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return yield;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*         Read repeat counts                     *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Read an item of the form {n,m} and return the values if non-NULL pointers
 | 
						|
are supplied. Repeat counts must be less than 65536 (MAX_REPEAT_COUNT); a
 | 
						|
larger value is used for "unlimited". We have to use signed arguments for
 | 
						|
read_number() because it is capable of returning a signed value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptrptr         points to pointer to character after'{'
 | 
						|
  ptrend         pointer to end of input
 | 
						|
  minp           if not NULL, pointer to int for min
 | 
						|
  maxp           if not NULL, pointer to int for max (-1 if no max)
 | 
						|
                 returned as -1 if no max
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr   points to error code variable
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         FALSE if not a repeat quantifier, errorcode set zero
 | 
						|
                 FALSE on error, with errorcode set non-zero
 | 
						|
                 TRUE on success, with pointer updated to point after '}'
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
read_repeat_counts(PCRE2_SPTR *ptrptr, PCRE2_SPTR ptrend, uint32_t *minp,
 | 
						|
  uint32_t *maxp, int *errorcodeptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR p = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
BOOL yield = FALSE;
 | 
						|
int32_t min = 0;
 | 
						|
int32_t max = REPEAT_UNLIMITED; /* This value is larger than MAX_REPEAT_COUNT */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* NB read_number() initializes the error code to zero. The only error is for a
 | 
						|
number that is too big. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (!read_number(&p, ptrend, -1, MAX_REPEAT_COUNT, ERR5, &min, errorcodeptr))
 | 
						|
  goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (p >= ptrend) goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (*p == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  p++;
 | 
						|
  max = min;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
else
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (*p++ != CHAR_COMMA || p >= ptrend) goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
  if (*p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (!read_number(&p, ptrend, -1, MAX_REPEAT_COUNT, ERR5, &max,
 | 
						|
        errorcodeptr) || p >= ptrend ||  *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
    if (max < min)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR4;
 | 
						|
      goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  p++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
yield = TRUE;
 | 
						|
if (minp != NULL) *minp = (uint32_t)min;
 | 
						|
if (maxp != NULL) *maxp = (uint32_t)max;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Update the pattern pointer on success, or after an error, but not when
 | 
						|
the result is "not a repeat quantifier". */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EXIT:
 | 
						|
if (yield || *errorcodeptr != 0) *ptrptr = p;
 | 
						|
return yield;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*            Handle escapes                      *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called when a \ has been encountered. It either returns a
 | 
						|
positive value for a simple escape such as \d, or 0 for a data character, which
 | 
						|
is placed in chptr. A backreference to group n is returned as negative n. On
 | 
						|
entry, ptr is pointing at the character after \. On exit, it points after the
 | 
						|
final code unit of the escape sequence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
This function is also called from pcre2_substitute() to handle escape sequences
 | 
						|
in replacement strings. In this case, the cb argument is NULL, and in the case
 | 
						|
of escapes that have further processing, only sequences that define a data
 | 
						|
character are recognised. The isclass argument is not relevant; the options
 | 
						|
argument is the final value of the compiled pattern's options.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptrptr         points to the input position pointer
 | 
						|
  ptrend         points to the end of the input
 | 
						|
  chptr          points to a returned data character
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr   points to the errorcode variable (containing zero)
 | 
						|
  options        the current options bits
 | 
						|
  isclass        TRUE if inside a character class
 | 
						|
  cb             compile data block
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         zero => a data character
 | 
						|
                 positive => a special escape sequence
 | 
						|
                 negative => a numerical back reference
 | 
						|
                 on error, errorcodeptr is set non-zero
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int
 | 
						|
PRIV(check_escape)(PCRE2_SPTR *ptrptr, PCRE2_SPTR ptrend, uint32_t *chptr,
 | 
						|
  int *errorcodeptr, uint32_t options, BOOL isclass, compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
BOOL utf = (options & PCRE2_UTF) != 0;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR ptr = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
uint32_t c, cc;
 | 
						|
int escape = 0;
 | 
						|
int i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If backslash is at the end of the string, it's an error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (ptr >= ptrend)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorcodeptr = ERR1;
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);         /* Get character value, increment pointer */
 | 
						|
*errorcodeptr = 0;              /* Be optimistic */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Non-alphanumerics are literals, so we just leave the value in c. An initial
 | 
						|
value test saves a memory lookup for code points outside the alphanumeric
 | 
						|
range. Otherwise, do a table lookup. A non-zero result is something that can be
 | 
						|
returned immediately. Otherwise further processing is required. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (c < ESCAPES_FIRST || c > ESCAPES_LAST) {}  /* Definitely literal */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
else if ((i = escapes[c - ESCAPES_FIRST]) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (i > 0) c = (uint32_t)i; else  /* Positive is a data character */
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    escape = -i;                    /* Else return a special escape */
 | 
						|
    if (cb != NULL && (escape == ESC_P || escape == ESC_p || escape == ESC_X))
 | 
						|
      cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_HASBKPORX;   /* Note \P, \p, or \X */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Escapes that need further processing, including those that are unknown.
 | 
						|
When called from pcre2_substitute(), only \c, \o, and \x are recognized (and \u
 | 
						|
when BSUX is set). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
else
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SPTR oldptr;
 | 
						|
  BOOL overflow;
 | 
						|
  int s;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Filter calls from pcre2_substitute(). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (cb == NULL && c != CHAR_c && c != CHAR_o && c != CHAR_x &&
 | 
						|
      (c != CHAR_u || (options & PCRE2_ALT_BSUX) != 0))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (c)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* A number of Perl escapes are not handled by PCRE. We give an explicit
 | 
						|
    error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_l:
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_L:
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* \u is unrecognized when PCRE2_ALT_BSUX is not set. When it is treated
 | 
						|
    specially, \u must be followed by four hex digits. Otherwise it is a
 | 
						|
    lowercase u letter. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_u:
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE2_ALT_BSUX) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37; else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t xc;
 | 
						|
      if (ptrend - ptr < 4) break;              /* Less than 4 chars */
 | 
						|
      if ((cc = XDIGIT(ptr[0])) == 0xff) break;  /* Not a hex digit */
 | 
						|
      if ((xc = XDIGIT(ptr[1])) == 0xff) break;  /* Not a hex digit */
 | 
						|
      cc = (cc << 4) | xc;
 | 
						|
      if ((xc = XDIGIT(ptr[2])) == 0xff) break;  /* Not a hex digit */
 | 
						|
      cc = (cc << 4) | xc;
 | 
						|
      if ((xc = XDIGIT(ptr[3])) == 0xff) break;  /* Not a hex digit */
 | 
						|
      c = (cc << 4) | xc;
 | 
						|
      ptr += 4;
 | 
						|
      if (utf)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (c > 0x10ffffU) *errorcodeptr = ERR77;
 | 
						|
          else if (c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff) *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else if (c > MAX_NON_UTF_CHAR) *errorcodeptr = ERR77;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* \U is unrecognized unless PCRE2_ALT_BSUX is set, in which case it is an
 | 
						|
    upper case letter. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_U:
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE2_ALT_BSUX) == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In a character class, \g is just a literal "g". Outside a character
 | 
						|
    class, \g must be followed by one of a number of specific things:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    (1) A number, either plain or braced. If positive, it is an absolute
 | 
						|
    backreference. If negative, it is a relative backreference. This is a Perl
 | 
						|
    5.10 feature.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    (2) Perl 5.10 also supports \g{name} as a reference to a named group. This
 | 
						|
    is part of Perl's movement towards a unified syntax for back references. As
 | 
						|
    this is synonymous with \k{name}, we fudge it up by pretending it really
 | 
						|
    was \k{name}.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    (3) For Oniguruma compatibility we also support \g followed by a name or a
 | 
						|
    number either in angle brackets or in single quotes. However, these are
 | 
						|
    (possibly recursive) subroutine calls, _not_ backreferences. We return
 | 
						|
    the ESC_g code.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Summary: Return a negative number for a numerical back reference, ESC_k for
 | 
						|
    a named back reference, and ESC_g for a named or numbered subroutine call.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_g:
 | 
						|
    if (isclass) break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ptr >= ptrend)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN || *ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      escape = ESC_g;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If there is a brace delimiter, try to read a numerical reference. If
 | 
						|
    there isn't one, assume we have a name and treat it as \k. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_SPTR p = ptr + 1;
 | 
						|
      if (!read_number(&p, ptrend, cb->bracount, MAX_GROUP_NUMBER, ERR61, &s,
 | 
						|
          errorcodeptr))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (*errorcodeptr == 0) escape = ESC_k;  /* No number found */
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (p >= ptrend || *p != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR57;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      ptr = p + 1;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Read an undelimited number */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (!read_number(&ptr, ptrend, cb->bracount, MAX_GROUP_NUMBER, ERR61, &s,
 | 
						|
          errorcodeptr))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (*errorcodeptr == 0) *errorcodeptr = ERR57;  /* No number found */
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (s <= 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    escape = -s;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The handling of escape sequences consisting of a string of digits
 | 
						|
    starting with one that is not zero is not straightforward. Perl has changed
 | 
						|
    over the years. Nowadays \g{} for backreferences and \o{} for octal are
 | 
						|
    recommended to avoid the ambiguities in the old syntax.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Outside a character class, the digits are read as a decimal number. If the
 | 
						|
    number is less than 10, or if there are that many previous extracting left
 | 
						|
    brackets, it is a back reference. Otherwise, up to three octal digits are
 | 
						|
    read to form an escaped character code. Thus \123 is likely to be octal 123
 | 
						|
    (cf \0123, which is octal 012 followed by the literal 3).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Inside a character class, \ followed by a digit is always either a literal
 | 
						|
    8 or 9 or an octal number. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4: case CHAR_5:
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!isclass)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      oldptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
      ptr--;   /* Back to the digit */
 | 
						|
      if (!read_number(&ptr, ptrend, -1, INT_MAX/10 - 1, ERR61, &s,
 | 
						|
          errorcodeptr))
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* \1 to \9 are always back references. \8x and \9x are too; \1x to \7x
 | 
						|
      are octal escapes if there are not that many previous captures. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (s < 10 || oldptr[-1] >= CHAR_8 || s <= (int)cb->bracount)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (s > (int)MAX_GROUP_NUMBER) *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
 | 
						|
          else escape = -s;     /* Indicates a back reference */
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      ptr = oldptr;      /* Put the pointer back and fall through */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle a digit following \ when the number is not a back reference, or
 | 
						|
    we are within a character class. If the first digit is 8 or 9, Perl used to
 | 
						|
    generate a binary zero and then treat the digit as a following literal. At
 | 
						|
    least by Perl 5.18 this changed so as not to insert the binary zero. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c >= CHAR_8) break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through with a digit less than 8 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* \0 always starts an octal number, but we may drop through to here with a
 | 
						|
    larger first octal digit. The original code used just to take the least
 | 
						|
    significant 8 bits of octal numbers (I think this is what early Perls used
 | 
						|
    to do). Nowadays we allow for larger numbers in UTF-8 mode and 16-bit mode,
 | 
						|
    but no more than 3 octal digits. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_0:
 | 
						|
    c -= CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
    while(i++ < 2 && ptr < ptrend && *ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7)
 | 
						|
        c = c * 8 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 8
 | 
						|
    if (!utf && c > 0xff) *errorcodeptr = ERR51;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* \o is a relatively new Perl feature, supporting a more general way of
 | 
						|
    specifying character codes in octal. The only supported form is \o{ddd}. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_o:
 | 
						|
    if (ptr >= ptrend || *ptr++ != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      ptr--;
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR55;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else if (ptr >= ptrend || *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR78;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      c = 0;
 | 
						|
      overflow = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      while (ptr < ptrend && *ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        cc = *ptr++;
 | 
						|
        if (c == 0 && cc == CHAR_0) continue;     /* Leading zeroes */
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 32
 | 
						|
        if (c >= 0x20000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        c = (c << 3) + (cc - CHAR_0);
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 8
 | 
						|
        if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | 
						|
#elif PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 16
 | 
						|
        if (c > (utf ? 0x10ffffU : 0xffffU)) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | 
						|
#elif PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 32
 | 
						|
        if (utf && c > 0x10ffffU) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (overflow)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        while (ptr < ptrend && *ptr >= CHAR_0 && *ptr <= CHAR_7) ptr++;
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else if (ptr < ptrend && *ptr++ == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          ptr--;
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        ptr--;
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR64;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* \x is complicated. When PCRE2_ALT_BSUX is set, \x must be followed by
 | 
						|
    two hexadecimal digits. Otherwise it is a lowercase x letter. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_x:
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE2_ALT_BSUX) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t xc;
 | 
						|
      if (ptrend - ptr < 2) break;               /* Less than 2 characters */
 | 
						|
      if ((cc = XDIGIT(ptr[0])) == 0xff) break;  /* Not a hex digit */
 | 
						|
      if ((xc = XDIGIT(ptr[1])) == 0xff) break;  /* Not a hex digit */
 | 
						|
      c = (cc << 4) | xc;
 | 
						|
      ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
      }    /* End PCRE2_ALT_BSUX handling */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle \x in Perl's style. \x{ddd} is a character number which can be
 | 
						|
    greater than 0xff in UTF-8 or non-8bit mode, but only if the ddd are hex
 | 
						|
    digits. If not, { used to be treated as a data character. However, Perl
 | 
						|
    seems to read hex digits up to the first non-such, and ignore the rest, so
 | 
						|
    that, for example \x{zz} matches a binary zero. This seems crazy, so PCRE
 | 
						|
    now gives an error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (ptr < ptrend && *ptr == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (++ptr >= ptrend || *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR78;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        c = 0;
 | 
						|
        overflow = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        while (ptr < ptrend && (cc = XDIGIT(*ptr)) != 0xff)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
          if (c == 0 && cc == 0) continue;   /* Leading zeroes */
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 32
 | 
						|
          if (c >= 0x10000000l) { overflow = TRUE; break; }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          c = (c << 4) | cc;
 | 
						|
          if ((utf && c > 0x10ffffU) || (!utf && c > MAX_NON_UTF_CHAR))
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            overflow = TRUE;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (overflow)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          while (ptr < ptrend && XDIGIT(*ptr) != 0xff) ptr++;
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR34;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else if (ptr < ptrend && *ptr++ == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (utf && c >= 0xd800 && c <= 0xdfff)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            ptr--;
 | 
						|
            *errorcodeptr = ERR73;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the sequence of hex digits does not end with '}', give an error.
 | 
						|
        We used just to recognize this construct and fall through to the normal
 | 
						|
        \x handling, but nowadays Perl gives an error, which seems much more
 | 
						|
        sensible, so we do too. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          ptr--;
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR67;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }   /* End of \x{} processing */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Read a up to two hex digits after \x */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        c = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (ptr >= ptrend || (cc = XDIGIT(*ptr)) == 0xff) break;  /* Not a hex digit */
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        c = cc;
 | 
						|
        if (ptr >= ptrend || (cc = XDIGIT(*ptr)) == 0xff) break;  /* Not a hex digit */
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        c = (c << 4) | cc;
 | 
						|
        }     /* End of \xdd handling */
 | 
						|
      }       /* End of Perl-style \x handling */
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The handling of \c is different in ASCII and EBCDIC environments. In an
 | 
						|
    ASCII (or Unicode) environment, an error is given if the character
 | 
						|
    following \c is not a printable ASCII character. Otherwise, the following
 | 
						|
    character is upper-cased if it is a letter, and after that the 0x40 bit is
 | 
						|
    flipped. The result is the value of the escape.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In an EBCDIC environment the handling of \c is compatible with the
 | 
						|
    specification in the perlebcdic document. The following character must be
 | 
						|
    a letter or one of small number of special characters. These provide a
 | 
						|
    means of defining the character values 0-31.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    For testing the EBCDIC handling of \c in an ASCII environment, recognize
 | 
						|
    the EBCDIC value of 'c' explicitly. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined EBCDIC && 'a' != 0x81
 | 
						|
    case 0x83:
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_c:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    if (ptr >= ptrend)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    c = *ptr;
 | 
						|
    if (c >= CHAR_a && c <= CHAR_z) c = UPPER_CASE(c);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle \c in an ASCII/Unicode environment. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef EBCDIC    /* ASCII/UTF-8 coding */
 | 
						|
    if (c < 32 || c > 126)  /* Excludes all non-printable ASCII */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR68;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    c ^= 0x40;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle \c in an EBCDIC environment. The special case \c? is converted to
 | 
						|
    255 (0xff) or 95 (0x5f) if other character suggest we are using th POSIX-BC
 | 
						|
    encoding. (This is the way Perl indicates that it handles \c?.) The other
 | 
						|
    valid sequences correspond to a list of specific characters. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | 
						|
      c = ('\\' == 188 && '`' == 74)? 0x5f : 0xff;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (c == ebcdic_escape_c[i]) break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (i < 32) c = i; else *errorcodeptr = ERR68;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif  /* EBCDIC */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    ptr++;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Any other alphanumeric following \ is an error. Perl gives an error only
 | 
						|
    if in warning mode, but PCRE doesn't have a warning mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR3;
 | 
						|
    *ptrptr = ptr - 1;     /* Point to the character at fault */
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Perl supports \N{name} for character names, as well as plain \N for "not
 | 
						|
newline". PCRE does not support \N{name}. However, it does support
 | 
						|
quantification such as \N{2,3}. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (escape == ESC_N && ptr < ptrend && *ptr == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET &&
 | 
						|
    ptrend - ptr > 2)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SPTR p = ptr + 1;
 | 
						|
  if (!read_repeat_counts(&p, ptrend, NULL, NULL, errorcodeptr) &&
 | 
						|
       *errorcodeptr == 0)
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR37;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Set the pointer to the next character before returning. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
*chptr = c;
 | 
						|
return escape;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*               Handle \P and \p                 *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called after \P or \p has been encountered, provided that
 | 
						|
PCRE2 is compiled with support for UTF and Unicode properties. On entry, the
 | 
						|
contents of ptrptr are pointing after the P or p. On exit, it is left pointing
 | 
						|
after the final code unit of the escape sequence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptrptr         the pattern position pointer
 | 
						|
  negptr         a boolean that is set TRUE for negation else FALSE
 | 
						|
  ptypeptr       an unsigned int that is set to the type value
 | 
						|
  pdataptr       an unsigned int that is set to the detailed property value
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr   the error code variable
 | 
						|
  cb             the compile data
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         TRUE if the type value was found, or FALSE for an invalid type
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
get_ucp(PCRE2_SPTR *ptrptr, BOOL *negptr, uint16_t *ptypeptr,
 | 
						|
  uint16_t *pdataptr, int *errorcodeptr, compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR c;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE i, bot, top;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR ptr = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR name[32];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (ptr >= cb->end_pattern) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
c = *ptr++;
 | 
						|
*negptr = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* \P or \p can be followed by a name in {}, optionally preceded by ^ for
 | 
						|
negation. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (ptr >= cb->end_pattern) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  if (*ptr == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *negptr = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    ptr++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; i < (int)(sizeof(name) / sizeof(PCRE2_UCHAR)) - 1; i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (ptr >= cb->end_pattern) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
    c = *ptr++;
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_NULL) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) break;
 | 
						|
    name[i] = c;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (c != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET) goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
  name[i] = 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Otherwise there is just one following character, which must be an ASCII
 | 
						|
letter. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
else if (MAX_255(c) && (cb->ctypes[c] & ctype_letter) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  name[0] = c;
 | 
						|
  name[1] = 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
else goto ERROR_RETURN;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Search for a recognized property name using binary chop. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bot = 0;
 | 
						|
top = PRIV(utt_size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while (bot < top)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int r;
 | 
						|
  i = (bot + top) >> 1;
 | 
						|
  r = PRIV(strcmp_c8)(name, PRIV(utt_names) + PRIV(utt)[i].name_offset);
 | 
						|
  if (r == 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *ptypeptr = PRIV(utt)[i].type;
 | 
						|
    *pdataptr = PRIV(utt)[i].value;
 | 
						|
    return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (r > 0) bot = i + 1; else top = i;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
*errorcodeptr = ERR47;   /* Unrecognized name */
 | 
						|
return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ERROR_RETURN:            /* Malformed \P or \p */
 | 
						|
*errorcodeptr = ERR46;
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*           Check for POSIX class syntax         *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called when the sequence "[:" or "[." or "[=" is
 | 
						|
encountered in a character class. It checks whether this is followed by a
 | 
						|
sequence of characters terminated by a matching ":]" or ".]" or "=]". If we
 | 
						|
reach an unescaped ']' without the special preceding character, return FALSE.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Originally, this function only recognized a sequence of letters between the
 | 
						|
terminators, but it seems that Perl recognizes any sequence of characters,
 | 
						|
though of course unknown POSIX names are subsequently rejected. Perl gives an
 | 
						|
"Unknown POSIX class" error for [:f\oo:] for example, where previously PCRE
 | 
						|
didn't consider this to be a POSIX class. Likewise for [:1234:].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
The problem in trying to be exactly like Perl is in the handling of escapes. We
 | 
						|
have to be sure that [abc[:x\]pqr] is *not* treated as containing a POSIX
 | 
						|
class, but [abc[:x\]pqr:]] is (so that an error can be generated). The code
 | 
						|
below handles the special cases \\ and \], but does not try to do any other
 | 
						|
escape processing. This makes it different from Perl for cases such as
 | 
						|
[:l\ower:] where Perl recognizes it as the POSIX class "lower" but PCRE does
 | 
						|
not recognize "l\ower". This is a lesser evil than not diagnosing bad classes
 | 
						|
when Perl does, I think.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A user pointed out that PCRE was rejecting [:a[:digit:]] whereas Perl was not.
 | 
						|
It seems that the appearance of a nested POSIX class supersedes an apparent
 | 
						|
external class. For example, [:a[:digit:]b:] matches "a", "b", ":", or
 | 
						|
a digit. This is handled by returning FALSE if the start of a new group with
 | 
						|
the same terminator is encountered, since the next closing sequence must close
 | 
						|
the nested group, not the outer one.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In Perl, unescaped square brackets may also appear as part of class names. For
 | 
						|
example, [:a[:abc]b:] gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b:]". However, for
 | 
						|
[:a[:abc]b][b:] it gives unknown POSIX class "[:abc]b][b:]", which does not
 | 
						|
seem right at all. PCRE does not allow closing square brackets in POSIX class
 | 
						|
names.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptr      pointer to the character after the initial [ (colon, dot, equals)
 | 
						|
  ptrend   pointer to the end of the pattern
 | 
						|
  endptr   where to return a pointer to the terminating ':', '.', or '='
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:   TRUE or FALSE
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
check_posix_syntax(PCRE2_SPTR ptr, PCRE2_SPTR ptrend, PCRE2_SPTR *endptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR terminator;  /* Don't combine these lines; the Solaris cc */
 | 
						|
terminator = *ptr++;     /* compiler warns about "non-constant" initializer. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (; ptrend - ptr >= 2; ptr++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (*ptr == CHAR_BACKSLASH &&
 | 
						|
      (ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET || ptr[1] == CHAR_BACKSLASH))
 | 
						|
    ptr++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if ((*ptr == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET && ptr[1] == terminator) ||
 | 
						|
            *ptr == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (*ptr == terminator && ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *endptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
    return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*          Check POSIX class name                *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called to check the name given in a POSIX-style class entry
 | 
						|
such as [:alnum:].
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptr        points to the first letter
 | 
						|
  len        the length of the name
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:     a value representing the name, or -1 if unknown
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
check_posix_name(PCRE2_SPTR ptr, int len)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
const char *pn = posix_names;
 | 
						|
int yield = 0;
 | 
						|
while (posix_name_lengths[yield] != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (len == posix_name_lengths[yield] &&
 | 
						|
    PRIV(strncmp_c8)(ptr, pn, (unsigned int)len) == 0) return yield;
 | 
						|
  pn += posix_name_lengths[yield] + 1;
 | 
						|
  yield++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*       Read a subpattern or VERB name           *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called from parse_regex() below whenever it needs to read
 | 
						|
the name of a subpattern or a (*VERB). The initial pointer must be to the
 | 
						|
character before the name. If that character is '*' we are reading a verb name.
 | 
						|
The pointer is updated to point after the name, for a VERB, or after tha name's
 | 
						|
terminator for a subpattern name. Returning both the offset and the name
 | 
						|
pointer is redundant information, but some callers use one and some the other,
 | 
						|
so it is simplest just to return both.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptrptr      points to the character pointer variable
 | 
						|
  ptrend      points to the end of the input string
 | 
						|
  terminator  the terminator of a subpattern name must be this
 | 
						|
  offsetptr   where to put the offset from the start of the pattern
 | 
						|
  nameptr     where to put a pointer to the name in the input
 | 
						|
  namelenptr  where to put the length of the name
 | 
						|
  errcodeptr  where to put an error code
 | 
						|
  cb          pointer to the compile data block
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:    TRUE if a name was read
 | 
						|
            FALSE otherwise, with error code set
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
read_name(PCRE2_SPTR *ptrptr, PCRE2_SPTR ptrend, uint32_t terminator,
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SIZE *offsetptr, PCRE2_SPTR *nameptr, uint32_t *namelenptr,
 | 
						|
  int *errorcodeptr, compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR ptr = *ptrptr;
 | 
						|
BOOL is_verb = (*ptr == CHAR_ASTERISK);
 | 
						|
uint32_t namelen = 0;
 | 
						|
uint32_t ctype = is_verb? ctype_letter : ctype_word;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (++ptr >= ptrend)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorcodeptr = is_verb? ERR60:  /* Verb not recognized or malformed */
 | 
						|
                           ERR62;  /* Subpattern name expected */
 | 
						|
  goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*nameptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
*offsetptr = (PCRE2_SIZE)(ptr - cb->start_pattern);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorcodeptr = ERR44;   /* Group name must not start with digit */
 | 
						|
  goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while (ptr < ptrend && MAX_255(*ptr) && (cb->ctypes[*ptr] & ctype) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  ptr++;
 | 
						|
  namelen++;
 | 
						|
  if (namelen > MAX_NAME_SIZE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR48;
 | 
						|
    goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Subpattern names must not be empty, and their terminator is checked here.
 | 
						|
(What follows a verb name is checked separately.) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (!is_verb)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (namelen == 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR62;   /* Subpattern name expected */
 | 
						|
    goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (ptr >= ptrend || *ptr != (PCRE2_UCHAR)terminator)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorcodeptr = ERR42;
 | 
						|
    goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  ptr++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*namelenptr = namelen;
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
FAILED:
 | 
						|
*ptrptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*          Manage callouts at start of cycle     *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* At the start of a new item in parse_regex() we are able to record the
 | 
						|
details of the previous item in a prior callout, and also to set up an
 | 
						|
automatic callout if enabled. Avoid having two adjacent automatic callouts,
 | 
						|
which would otherwise happen for items such as \Q that contribute nothing to
 | 
						|
the parsed pattern.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptr              current pattern pointer
 | 
						|
  pcalloutptr      points to a pointer to previous callout, or NULL
 | 
						|
  options          the compiling options
 | 
						|
  parsed_pattern   the parsed pattern pointer
 | 
						|
  cb               compile block
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns: possibly updated parsed_pattern pointer.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static uint32_t *
 | 
						|
manage_callouts(PCRE2_SPTR ptr, uint32_t **pcalloutptr, uint32_t options,
 | 
						|
  uint32_t *parsed_pattern, compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t *previous_callout = *pcalloutptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (previous_callout != NULL) previous_callout[2] = ptr - cb->start_pattern -
 | 
						|
  (PCRE2_SIZE)previous_callout[1];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((options & PCRE2_AUTO_CALLOUT) == 0) previous_callout = NULL; else
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (previous_callout == NULL ||
 | 
						|
      previous_callout != parsed_pattern - 4 ||
 | 
						|
      previous_callout[3] != 255)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    previous_callout = parsed_pattern;  /* Set up new automatic callout */
 | 
						|
    parsed_pattern += 4;
 | 
						|
    previous_callout[0] = META_CALLOUT_NUMBER;
 | 
						|
    previous_callout[2] = 0;
 | 
						|
    previous_callout[3] = 255;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  previous_callout[1] = (uint32_t)(ptr - cb->start_pattern);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*pcalloutptr = previous_callout;
 | 
						|
return parsed_pattern;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*      Parse regex and identify named groups     *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called first of all. It scans the pattern and does two
 | 
						|
things: (1) It identifies capturing groups and makes a table of named capturing
 | 
						|
groups so that information about them is fully available to both the compiling
 | 
						|
scans. (2) It writes a parsed version of the pattern with comments omitted and
 | 
						|
escapes processed into the parsed_pattern vector.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  ptr             points to the start of the pattern
 | 
						|
  options         compiling dynamic options (may change during the scan)
 | 
						|
  has_lookbehind  points to a boolean, set TRUE if a lookbehind is found
 | 
						|
  cb              pointer to the compile data block
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:   zero on success or a non-zero error code, with the
 | 
						|
             error offset placed in the cb field
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* A structure and some flags for dealing with nested groups. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct nest_save {
 | 
						|
  uint16_t  nest_depth;
 | 
						|
  uint16_t  reset_group;
 | 
						|
  uint16_t  max_group;
 | 
						|
  uint16_t  flags;
 | 
						|
} nest_save;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define NSF_RESET      0x0001u
 | 
						|
#define NSF_EXTENDED   0x0002u
 | 
						|
#define NSF_DUPNAMES   0x0004u
 | 
						|
#define NSF_CONDASSERT 0x0008u
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* States used for analyzing ranges in character classes. The two OK values
 | 
						|
must be last. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum { RANGE_NO, RANGE_STARTED, RANGE_OK_ESCAPED, RANGE_OK_LITERAL };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Only in 32-bit mode can there be literals > META_END. A macros encapsulates
 | 
						|
the storing of literal values in the parsed pattern. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 32
 | 
						|
#define PARSED_LITERAL(c, p) \
 | 
						|
  { \
 | 
						|
  if (c >= META_END) *p++ = META_BIGVALUE; \
 | 
						|
  *p++ = c; \
 | 
						|
  okquantifier = TRUE; \
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
#define PARSED_LITERAL(c, p) *p++ = c; okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Here's the actual function. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int parse_regex(PCRE2_SPTR ptr, uint32_t options, BOOL *has_lookbehind,
 | 
						|
  compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t c;
 | 
						|
uint32_t delimiter;
 | 
						|
uint32_t namelen;
 | 
						|
uint32_t class_range_state;
 | 
						|
uint32_t *verblengthptr = NULL;     /* Value avoids compiler warning */
 | 
						|
uint32_t *previous_callout = NULL;
 | 
						|
uint32_t *parsed_pattern = cb->parsed_pattern;
 | 
						|
uint32_t *parsed_pattern_end = cb->parsed_pattern_end;
 | 
						|
uint32_t meta_quantifier = 0;
 | 
						|
uint16_t nest_depth = 0;
 | 
						|
int after_manual_callout = 0;
 | 
						|
int expect_cond_assert = 0;
 | 
						|
int errorcode = 0;
 | 
						|
int escape;
 | 
						|
int i;
 | 
						|
BOOL inescq = FALSE;
 | 
						|
BOOL inverbname = FALSE;
 | 
						|
BOOL utf = (options & PCRE2_UTF) != 0;
 | 
						|
BOOL isdupname;
 | 
						|
BOOL negate_class;
 | 
						|
BOOL okquantifier = FALSE;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR name;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR ptrend = cb->end_pattern;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR verbnamestart = NULL;    /* Value avoids compiler warning */
 | 
						|
named_group *ng;
 | 
						|
nest_save *top_nest = NULL;
 | 
						|
nest_save *end_nests = (nest_save *)(cb->start_workspace + cb->workspace_size);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The size of the nest_save structure might not be a factor of the size of the
 | 
						|
workspace. Therefore we must round down end_nests so as to correctly avoid
 | 
						|
creating a nest_save that spans the end of the workspace. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
end_nests = (nest_save *)((char *)end_nests -
 | 
						|
  ((cb->workspace_size * sizeof(PCRE2_UCHAR)) % sizeof(nest_save)));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Now scan the pattern */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*has_lookbehind = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while (ptr < ptrend)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int prev_expect_cond_assert;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t min_repeat, max_repeat;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t set, unset, *optset;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t terminator;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t prev_meta_quantifier;
 | 
						|
  BOOL prev_okquantifier;
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SPTR tempptr;
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SPTR thisptr;
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SIZE offset;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (parsed_pattern >= parsed_pattern_end)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    errorcode = ERR63;  /* Internal error (parsed pattern overflow) */
 | 
						|
    goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (nest_depth > cb->cx->parens_nest_limit)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    errorcode = ERR19;
 | 
						|
    goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Get next input character, save its position for callout handling. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  thisptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
  GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Copy quoted literals until \E, allowing for the possibility of automatic
 | 
						|
  callouts, except when processing a (*VERB) "name".  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (inescq)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr < ptrend && *ptr == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      inescq = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;   /* Skip E */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (expect_cond_assert > 0)   /* A literal is not allowed if we are */
 | 
						|
        {                           /* expecting a conditional assertion, */
 | 
						|
        ptr--;                      /* but an empty \Q\E sequence is OK.  */
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR28;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (!inverbname && after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
 | 
						|
        parsed_pattern = manage_callouts(thisptr, &previous_callout, options,
 | 
						|
          parsed_pattern, cb);
 | 
						|
      PARSED_LITERAL(c, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
      meta_quantifier = 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    continue;  /* Next character */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If we are processing the "name" part of a (*VERB:NAME) item, all
 | 
						|
  characters up to the closing parenthesis are literals except when
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_ALT_VERBNAMES is set. That causes backslash interpretation, but only \Q
 | 
						|
  and \E and escaped characters are allowed (no character types such as \d). If
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_EXTENDED is also set, we must ignore white space and # comments. Do
 | 
						|
  this by not entering the special (*VERB:NAME) processing - they are then
 | 
						|
  picked up below. Note that c is a character, not a code unit, so we must not
 | 
						|
  use MAX_255 to test its size because MAX_255 tests code units and is assumed
 | 
						|
  TRUE in 8-bit mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (inverbname &&
 | 
						|
       (
 | 
						|
        /* EITHER: not both options set */
 | 
						|
        ((options & (PCRE2_EXTENDED | PCRE2_ALT_VERBNAMES)) !=
 | 
						|
                    (PCRE2_EXTENDED | PCRE2_ALT_VERBNAMES)) ||
 | 
						|
        /* OR: character > 255 */
 | 
						|
        c > 255 ||
 | 
						|
        /* OR: not a # comment or white space */
 | 
						|
        (c != CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN && (cb->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) == 0)
 | 
						|
       ))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    PCRE2_SIZE verbnamelength;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch(c)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      PARSED_LITERAL(c, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
 | 
						|
      inverbname = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = FALSE;   /* Was probably set by literals */
 | 
						|
      /* This is the length in characters */
 | 
						|
      verbnamelength = (PCRE2_SIZE)(parsed_pattern - verblengthptr - 1);
 | 
						|
      /* But the limit on the length is in code units */
 | 
						|
      if (ptr - verbnamestart - 1 > (int)MAX_MARK)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        ptr--;
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR76;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *verblengthptr = (uint32_t)verbnamelength;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
 | 
						|
      if ((options & PCRE2_ALT_VERBNAMES) != 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        escape = PRIV(check_escape)(&ptr, ptrend, &c, &errorcode, options,
 | 
						|
          FALSE, cb);
 | 
						|
        if (errorcode != 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else escape = 0;   /* Treat all as literal */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      switch(escape)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        case 0:
 | 
						|
        PARSED_LITERAL(c, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case ESC_Q:
 | 
						|
        inescq = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case ESC_E:           /* Ignore */
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        default:
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR40;    /* Invalid in verb name */
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    continue;   /* Next character in pattern */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Not a verb name character. At this point we must process everything that
 | 
						|
  must not change the quantification state. This is mainly comments, but we
 | 
						|
  handle \Q and \E here as well, so that an item such as A\Q\E+ is treated as
 | 
						|
  A+, as in Perl. An isolated \E is ignored. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr < ptrend)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr == CHAR_Q || *ptr == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      inescq = *ptr == CHAR_Q;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      continue;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Skip over whitespace and # comments in extended mode. Note that c is a
 | 
						|
  character, not a code unit, so we must not use MAX_255 to test its size
 | 
						|
  because MAX_255 tests code units and is assumed TRUE in 8-bit mode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE2_EXTENDED) != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (c < 256 && (cb->ctypes[c] & ctype_space) != 0) continue;
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      while (ptr < ptrend)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (IS_NEWLINE(ptr))      /* For non-fixed-length newline cases, */
 | 
						|
          {                       /* IS_NEWLINE sets cb->nllen. */
 | 
						|
          ptr += cb->nllen;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
        if (utf) FORWARDCHARTEST(ptr, ptrend);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      continue;  /* Next character in pattern */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Skip over bracketed comments */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS && ptrend - ptr >= 2 &&
 | 
						|
      ptr[0] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK && ptr[1] == CHAR_NUMBER_SIGN)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    while (++ptr < ptrend && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS);
 | 
						|
    if (ptr >= ptrend)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      errorcode = ERR18;  /* A special error for missing ) in a comment */
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;        /* to make it easier to debug. */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    ptr++;
 | 
						|
    continue;  /* Next character in pattern */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If the next item is not a quantifier, fill in length of any previous
 | 
						|
  callout and create an auto callout if required. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c != CHAR_ASTERISK && c != CHAR_PLUS && c != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK &&
 | 
						|
       (c != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET ||
 | 
						|
         (tempptr = ptr,
 | 
						|
         !read_repeat_counts(&tempptr, ptrend, NULL, NULL, &errorcode))))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (after_manual_callout-- <= 0)
 | 
						|
      parsed_pattern = manage_callouts(thisptr, &previous_callout, options,
 | 
						|
        parsed_pattern, cb);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If expect_cond_assert is 2, we have just passed (?( and are expecting an
 | 
						|
  assertion, possibly preceded by a callout. If the value is 1, we have just
 | 
						|
  had the callout and expect an assertion. There must be at least 3 more
 | 
						|
  characters in all cases. When expect_cond_assert is 2, we know that the
 | 
						|
  current character is an opening parenthesis, as otherwise we wouldn't be
 | 
						|
  here. However, when it is 1, we need to check, and it's easiest just to check
 | 
						|
  always. Note that expect_cond_assert may be negative, since all callouts just
 | 
						|
  decrement it. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (expect_cond_assert > 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    BOOL ok = c == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS && ptrend - ptr >= 3 &&
 | 
						|
              ptr[0] == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK;
 | 
						|
    if (ok) switch(ptr[1])
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_C:
 | 
						|
      ok = expect_cond_assert == 2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN:
 | 
						|
      ok = ptr[2] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || ptr[2] == CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      ok = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (!ok)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      ptr--;   /* Adjust error offset */
 | 
						|
      errorcode = ERR28;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Remember whether we are expecting a conditional assertion, and set the
 | 
						|
  default for this item. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  prev_expect_cond_assert = expect_cond_assert;
 | 
						|
  expect_cond_assert = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Remember quantification status for the previous significant item, then set
 | 
						|
  default for this item. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  prev_okquantifier = okquantifier;
 | 
						|
  prev_meta_quantifier = meta_quantifier;
 | 
						|
  okquantifier = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  meta_quantifier = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If the previous significant item was a quantifier, adjust the parsed code
 | 
						|
  if there is a following modifier. The base meta value is always followed by
 | 
						|
  the PLUS and QUERY values, in that order. We do this here rather than after
 | 
						|
  reading a quantifier so that intervening comments and /x whitespace can be
 | 
						|
  ignored without having to replicate code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (prev_meta_quantifier != 0 && (c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK || c == CHAR_PLUS))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    parsed_pattern[(prev_meta_quantifier == META_MINMAX)? -3 : -1] =
 | 
						|
      prev_meta_quantifier + ((c == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)?
 | 
						|
        0x00020000u : 0x00010000u);
 | 
						|
    continue;  /* Next character in pattern */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Process the next item in the main part of a pattern. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch(c)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    default:              /* Non-special character */
 | 
						|
    PARSED_LITERAL(c, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Escape sequence ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_BACKSLASH:
 | 
						|
    escape = PRIV(check_escape)(&ptr, ptrend, &c, &errorcode, options,
 | 
						|
      FALSE, cb);
 | 
						|
    if (errorcode != 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The escape was a data character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (escape == 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      PARSED_LITERAL(c, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The escape was a back (or forward) reference. We keep the offset in
 | 
						|
    order to give a more useful diagnostic for a bad forward reference. For
 | 
						|
    references to groups numbered less than 10 we can't use more than two items
 | 
						|
    in parsed_pattern because they may be just two characters in the input (and
 | 
						|
    in a 64-bit world an offset may need two elements). So for them, the offset
 | 
						|
    of the first occurrent is held in a special vector. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (escape < 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      offset = (PCRE2_SIZE)(ptr - cb->start_pattern - 1);
 | 
						|
      escape = -escape;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_BACKREF | (uint32_t)escape;
 | 
						|
      if (escape < 10)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (cb->small_ref_offset[escape] == PCRE2_UNSET)
 | 
						|
          cb->small_ref_offset[escape] = offset;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The escape was a character class such as \d etc. or other special
 | 
						|
    escape indicator such as \A or \X. Most of them generate just a single
 | 
						|
    parsed item, but \P and \p are followed by a 16-bit type and a 16-bit
 | 
						|
    value. They are supported only when Unicode is available. The type and
 | 
						|
    value are packed into a single 32-bit value so that the whole sequences
 | 
						|
    uses only two elements in the parsed_vector. This is because the same
 | 
						|
    coding is used if \d (for example) is turned into \p{Nd} when PCRE2_UCP is
 | 
						|
    set.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    There are also some cases where the escape sequence is followed by a name:
 | 
						|
    \k{name}, \k<name>, and \k'name' are backreferences by name, and \g<name>
 | 
						|
    and \g'name' are subroutine calls by name; \g{name} is a synonym for
 | 
						|
    \k{name}. Note that \g<number> and \g'number' are handled by check_escape()
 | 
						|
    and returned as a negative value (handled above). A name is coded as an
 | 
						|
    offset into the pattern and a length. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else switch (escape)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case ESC_C:
 | 
						|
#ifdef NEVER_BACKSLASH_C
 | 
						|
      errorcode = ERR85;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
      if ((options & PCRE2_NEVER_BACKSLASH_C) != 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR83;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + escape;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case ESC_X:
 | 
						|
#ifndef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
      errorcode = ERR45;   /* Supported only with Unicode support */
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      case ESC_H:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_h:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_N:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_R:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_V:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_v:
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + escape;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      default:  /* \A, \B, \b, \G, \K, \Z, \z cannot be quantified. */
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + escape;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Escapes that change in UCP mode. Note that PCRE2_UCP will never be set
 | 
						|
      without Unicode support because it is checked when pcre2_compile() is
 | 
						|
      called. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case ESC_d:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_D:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_s:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_S:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_w:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_W:
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      if ((options & PCRE2_UCP) == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + escape;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE +
 | 
						|
          ((escape == ESC_d || escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_w)?
 | 
						|
            ESC_p : ESC_P);
 | 
						|
        switch(escape)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          case ESC_d:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_D:
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = (PT_PC << 16) | ucp_Nd;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_s:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_S:
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = PT_SPACE << 16;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_w:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_W:
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = PT_WORD << 16;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Unicode property matching */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case ESC_P:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_p:
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        BOOL negated;
 | 
						|
        uint16_t ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, &errorcode, cb))
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        if (negated) escape = (escape == ESC_P)? ESC_p : ESC_P;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + escape;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = (ptype << 16) | pdata;
 | 
						|
        okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
      errorcode = ERR45;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      break;  /* End \P and \p */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* When \g is used with quotes or angle brackets as delimiters, it is a
 | 
						|
      numerical or named subroutine call, and control comes here. When used
 | 
						|
      with brace delimiters it is a numberical back reference and does not come
 | 
						|
      here because check_escape() returns it directly as a reference. \k is
 | 
						|
      always a named back reference. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case ESC_g:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_k:
 | 
						|
      if (ptr >= ptrend || (*ptr != CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET &&
 | 
						|
          *ptr != CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN && *ptr != CHAR_APOSTROPHE))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = (escape == ESC_g)? ERR57 : ERR69;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      terminator = (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)?
 | 
						|
        CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN : (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)?
 | 
						|
        CHAR_APOSTROPHE : CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* For a non-braced \g, check for a numerical recursion. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (escape == ESC_g && terminator != CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        PCRE2_SPTR p = ptr + 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (read_number(&p, ptrend, cb->bracount, MAX_GROUP_NUMBER, ERR61, &i,
 | 
						|
            &errorcode))
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (p >= ptrend || *p != terminator)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            errorcode = ERR57;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          ptr = p;
 | 
						|
          goto SET_RECURSION;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (errorcode != 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Not a numerical recursion */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!read_name(&ptr, ptrend, terminator, &offset, &name, &namelen,
 | 
						|
          &errorcode, cb)) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* \k and \g when used with braces are back references, whereas \g used
 | 
						|
      with quotes or angle brackets is a recursion */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ =
 | 
						|
        (escape == ESC_k || terminator == CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET)?
 | 
						|
          META_BACKREF_BYNAME : META_RECURSE_BYNAME;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = namelen;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;    /* End escape sequence processing */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Single-character special items ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT:
 | 
						|
    *parsed_pattern++ = META_CIRCUMFLEX;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_DOLLAR_SIGN:
 | 
						|
    *parsed_pattern++ = META_DOLLAR;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_DOT:
 | 
						|
    *parsed_pattern++ = META_DOT;
 | 
						|
    okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Single-character quantifiers ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_ASTERISK:
 | 
						|
    meta_quantifier = META_ASTERISK;
 | 
						|
    goto CHECK_QUANTIFIER;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    meta_quantifier = META_PLUS;
 | 
						|
    goto CHECK_QUANTIFIER;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_QUESTION_MARK:
 | 
						|
    meta_quantifier = META_QUERY;
 | 
						|
    goto CHECK_QUANTIFIER;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Potential {n,m} quantifier ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET:
 | 
						|
    if (!read_repeat_counts(&ptr, ptrend, &min_repeat, &max_repeat,
 | 
						|
        &errorcode))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (errorcode != 0) goto FAILED;     /* Error in quantifier. */
 | 
						|
      PARSED_LITERAL(c, parsed_pattern);   /* Not a quantifier */
 | 
						|
      break;                               /* No more quantifier processing */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    meta_quantifier = META_MINMAX;
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Quantifier post-processing ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Check that a quantifier is allowed after the previous item. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    CHECK_QUANTIFIER:
 | 
						|
    if (!prev_okquantifier)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      errorcode = ERR9;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED_BACK;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Now we can put the quantifier into the parsed pattern vector. At this
 | 
						|
    stage, we have only the basic quantifier. The check for a following + or ?
 | 
						|
    modifier happens at the top of the loop, after any intervening comments
 | 
						|
    have been removed. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *parsed_pattern++ = meta_quantifier;
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = min_repeat;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = max_repeat;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Character class ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET:
 | 
						|
    okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In another (POSIX) regex library, the ugly syntax [[:<:]] and [[:>:]] is
 | 
						|
    used for "start of word" and "end of word". As these are otherwise illegal
 | 
						|
    sequences, we don't break anything by recognizing them. They are replaced
 | 
						|
    by \b(?=\w) and \b(?<=\w) respectively. Sequences like [a[:<:]] are
 | 
						|
    erroneous and are handled by the normal code below. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ptrend - ptr >= 6 &&
 | 
						|
         (PRIV(strncmp_c8)(ptr, STRING_WEIRD_STARTWORD, 6) == 0 ||
 | 
						|
          PRIV(strncmp_c8)(ptr, STRING_WEIRD_ENDWORD, 6) == 0))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + ESC_b;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (ptr[2] == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_LOOKAHEAD;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_LOOKBEHIND;
 | 
						|
        *has_lookbehind = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* The offset is used only for the "non-fixed length" error; this won't
 | 
						|
        occur here, so just store zero. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        PUTOFFSET((PCRE2_SIZE)0, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if ((options & PCRE2_UCP) == 0)
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + ESC_w;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + ESC_p;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = PT_WORD << 16;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_KET;
 | 
						|
      ptr += 6;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* PCRE supports POSIX class stuff inside a class. Perl gives an error if
 | 
						|
    they are encountered at the top level, so we'll do that too. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (ptr < ptrend && (*ptr == CHAR_COLON || *ptr == CHAR_DOT ||
 | 
						|
         *ptr == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
 | 
						|
        check_posix_syntax(ptr, ptrend, &tempptr))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      errorcode = (*ptr-- == CHAR_COLON)? ERR12 : ERR13;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Process a regular character class. If the first character is '^', set
 | 
						|
    the negation flag. If the first few characters (either before or after ^)
 | 
						|
    are \Q\E or \E we skip them too. This makes for compatibility with Perl. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    negate_class = FALSE;
 | 
						|
    while (ptr < ptrend)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);
 | 
						|
      if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (ptr < ptrend && *ptr == CHAR_E) ptr++;
 | 
						|
        else if (ptrend - ptr >= 3 &&
 | 
						|
             PRIV(strncmp_c8)(ptr, STR_Q STR_BACKSLASH STR_E, 3) == 0)
 | 
						|
          ptr += 3;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else if (!negate_class && c == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | 
						|
        negate_class = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      else break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Now the real contents of the class; c has the first "real" character.
 | 
						|
    Empty classes are permitted only if the option is set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | 
						|
        (cb->external_options & PCRE2_ALLOW_EMPTY_CLASS) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = negate_class? META_CLASS_EMPTY_NOT : META_CLASS_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
      break;  /* End of class processing */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Process a non-empty class. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *parsed_pattern++ = negate_class? META_CLASS_NOT : META_CLASS;
 | 
						|
    class_range_state = RANGE_NO;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In an EBCDIC environment, Perl treats alphabetic ranges specially
 | 
						|
    because there are holes in the encoding, and simply using the range A-Z
 | 
						|
    (for example) would include the characters in the holes. This applies only
 | 
						|
    to ranges where both values are literal; [\xC1-\xE9] is different to [A-Z]
 | 
						|
    in this respect. In order to accommodate this, we keep track of whether
 | 
						|
    character values are literal or not, and a state variable for handling
 | 
						|
    ranges. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Loop for the contents of the class */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (;;)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      BOOL char_is_literal = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Inside \Q...\E everything is literal except \E */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (inescq)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (c == CHAR_BACKSLASH && ptr < ptrend && *ptr == CHAR_E)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          inescq = FALSE;                   /* Reset literal state */
 | 
						|
          ptr++;                            /* Skip the 'E' */
 | 
						|
          goto CLASS_CONTINUE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        goto CLASS_LITERAL;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle POSIX class names. Perl allows a negation extension of the
 | 
						|
      form [:^name:]. A square bracket that doesn't match the syntax is
 | 
						|
      treated as a literal. We also recognize the POSIX constructions
 | 
						|
      [.ch.] and [=ch=] ("collating elements") and fault them, as Perl
 | 
						|
      5.6 and 5.8 do. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (c == CHAR_LEFT_SQUARE_BRACKET &&
 | 
						|
          ptrend - ptr >= 3 &&
 | 
						|
          (*ptr == CHAR_COLON || *ptr == CHAR_DOT ||
 | 
						|
           *ptr == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN) &&
 | 
						|
          check_posix_syntax(ptr, ptrend, &tempptr))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        BOOL posix_negate = FALSE;
 | 
						|
        int posix_class;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Perl treats a hyphen before a POSIX class as a literal, not the
 | 
						|
        start of a range. However, it gives a warning in its warning mode. PCRE
 | 
						|
        does not have a warning mode, so we give an error, because this is
 | 
						|
        likely an error on the user's part. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (class_range_state == RANGE_STARTED)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR50;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr != CHAR_COLON)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR13;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED_BACK;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*(++ptr) == CHAR_CIRCUMFLEX_ACCENT)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          posix_negate = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        posix_class = check_posix_name(ptr, (int)(tempptr - ptr));
 | 
						|
        if (posix_class < 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR30;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        ptr = tempptr + 2;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Perl treats a hyphen after a POSIX class as a literal, not the
 | 
						|
        start of a range. However, it gives a warning in its warning mode. PCRE
 | 
						|
        does not have a warning mode, so we give an error, because this is
 | 
						|
        likely an error on the user's part. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (ptr < ptrend && *ptr == CHAR_MINUS)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR50;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Set "a hyphen is not the start of a range" just in case the POSIX
 | 
						|
        class is followed by \E or \Q\E (possibly repeated - fuzzers do that
 | 
						|
        kind of thing) and *then* a hyphen. This causes that hyphen to be
 | 
						|
        treated as a literal. I don't think it's worth setting up special
 | 
						|
        apparatus to do otherwise. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        class_range_state = RANGE_NO;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* When PCRE2_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to
 | 
						|
        use Unicode properties \p or \P or, in one case, \h or \H. The
 | 
						|
        substitutes table has two values per class, containing the type and
 | 
						|
        value of a \p or \P item. The special cases are specified with a
 | 
						|
        negative type: a non-zero value causes \h or \H to be used, and a zero
 | 
						|
        value falls through to behave like a non-UCP POSIX class. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE2_UCP) != 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          int ptype = posix_substitutes[2*posix_class];
 | 
						|
          int pvalue = posix_substitutes[2*posix_class + 1];
 | 
						|
          if (ptype >= 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + (posix_negate? ESC_P : ESC_p);
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern++ = (ptype << 16) | pvalue;
 | 
						|
            goto CLASS_CONTINUE;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (pvalue != 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + (posix_negate? ESC_H : ESC_h);
 | 
						|
            goto CLASS_CONTINUE;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UNICODE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Non-UCP POSIX class */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = posix_negate? META_POSIX_NEG : META_POSIX;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = posix_class;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle potential start of range */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (c == CHAR_MINUS && class_range_state >= RANGE_OK_ESCAPED)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = (class_range_state == RANGE_OK_LITERAL)?
 | 
						|
          META_RANGE_LITERAL : META_RANGE_ESCAPED;
 | 
						|
        class_range_state = RANGE_STARTED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle a literal character */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (c != CHAR_BACKSLASH)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        CLASS_LITERAL:
 | 
						|
        if (class_range_state == RANGE_STARTED)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (c == parsed_pattern[-2])       /* Optimize one-char range */
 | 
						|
            parsed_pattern--;
 | 
						|
          else if (parsed_pattern[-2] > c)   /* Check range is in order */
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            errorcode = ERR8;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED_BACK;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (!char_is_literal && parsed_pattern[-1] == META_RANGE_LITERAL)
 | 
						|
              parsed_pattern[-1] = META_RANGE_ESCAPED;
 | 
						|
            PARSED_LITERAL(c, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          class_range_state = RANGE_NO;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else  /* Potential start of range */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          class_range_state = char_is_literal?
 | 
						|
            RANGE_OK_LITERAL : RANGE_OK_ESCAPED;
 | 
						|
          PARSED_LITERAL(c, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle escapes in a class */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        escape = PRIV(check_escape)(&ptr, ptrend, &c, &errorcode,
 | 
						|
          options, TRUE, cb);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (errorcode != 0) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        if (escape == 0)  /* Escaped character code point is in c */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          char_is_literal = FALSE;
 | 
						|
          goto CLASS_LITERAL;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* These three escapes do not alter the class range state. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (escape == ESC_b)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          c = CHAR_BS;   /* \b is backspace in a class */
 | 
						|
          char_is_literal = FALSE;
 | 
						|
          goto CLASS_LITERAL;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (escape == ESC_Q)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          inescq = TRUE;  /* Enter literal mode */
 | 
						|
          goto CLASS_CONTINUE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (escape == ESC_E)  /* Ignore orphan \E */
 | 
						|
          goto CLASS_CONTINUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* The second part of a range can be a single-character escape
 | 
						|
        sequence (detected above), but not any of the other escapes. Perl
 | 
						|
        treats a hyphen as a literal in such circumstances. However, in Perl's
 | 
						|
        warning mode, a warning is given, so PCRE now faults it, as it is
 | 
						|
        almost certainly a mistake on the user's part. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (class_range_state == RANGE_STARTED)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR50;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Of the remaining escapes, only those that define characters are
 | 
						|
        allowed in a class. None may start a range. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        class_range_state = RANGE_NO;
 | 
						|
        switch(escape)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          case ESC_N:
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR71;  /* Not supported in a class */
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_H:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_h:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_V:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_v:
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + escape;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* These escapes are converted to Unicode property tests when
 | 
						|
          PCRE2_UCP is set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_d:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_D:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_s:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_S:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_w:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_W:
 | 
						|
          if ((options & PCRE2_UCP) == 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + escape;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE +
 | 
						|
              ((escape == ESC_d || escape == ESC_s || escape == ESC_w)?
 | 
						|
                ESC_p : ESC_P);
 | 
						|
            switch(escape)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              case ESC_d:
 | 
						|
              case ESC_D:
 | 
						|
              *parsed_pattern++ = (PT_PC << 16) | ucp_Nd;
 | 
						|
              break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              case ESC_s:
 | 
						|
              case ESC_S:
 | 
						|
              *parsed_pattern++ = PT_SPACE << 16;
 | 
						|
              break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              case ESC_w:
 | 
						|
              case ESC_W:
 | 
						|
              *parsed_pattern++ = PT_WORD << 16;
 | 
						|
              break;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Explicit Unicode property matching */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_P:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_p:
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            BOOL negated;
 | 
						|
            uint16_t ptype = 0, pdata = 0;
 | 
						|
            if (!get_ucp(&ptr, &negated, &ptype, &pdata, &errorcode, cb))
 | 
						|
              goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            if (negated) escape = (escape == ESC_P)? ESC_p : ESC_P;
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern++ = META_ESCAPE + escape;
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern++ = (ptype << 16) | pdata;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR45;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          break;  /* End \P and \p */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          default:    /* All others are not allowed in a class */
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR7;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED_BACK;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Proceed to next thing in the class. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      CLASS_CONTINUE:
 | 
						|
      if (ptr >= ptrend)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR6;  /* Missing terminating ']' */
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      GETCHARINCTEST(c, ptr);
 | 
						|
      if (c == CHAR_RIGHT_SQUARE_BRACKET && !inescq) break;
 | 
						|
      }     /* End of class-processing loop */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (class_range_state == RANGE_STARTED)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      parsed_pattern[-1] = CHAR_MINUS;
 | 
						|
      class_range_state = RANGE_NO;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *parsed_pattern++ = META_CLASS_END;
 | 
						|
    break;  /* End of character class */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Opening parenthesis ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
 | 
						|
    if (ptr >= ptrend) goto UNCLOSED_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If ( is not followed by ? it is either a capture or a special verb. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*ptr != CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      const char *vn;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle capturing brackets (or non-capturing if auto-capture is turned
 | 
						|
      off). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr != CHAR_ASTERISK)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        nest_depth++;
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE2_NO_AUTO_CAPTURE) == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          cb->bracount++;
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = META_CAPTURE | cb->bracount;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else *parsed_pattern++ = META_NOCAPTURE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Handle (*VERB) and (*VERB:NAME) ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Do nothing for (*) so it gives a "bad quantifier" error rather than
 | 
						|
      "(*MARK) must have an argument". */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (ptrend - ptr > 1 && ptr[1] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        vn = verbnames;
 | 
						|
        if (!read_name(&ptr, ptrend, 0, &offset, &name, &namelen, &errorcode,
 | 
						|
          cb)) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        if (ptr >= ptrend || (*ptr != CHAR_COLON &&
 | 
						|
                              *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS))
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR60;  /* Malformed */
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Scan the table of verb names */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        for (i = 0; i < verbcount; i++)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (namelen == verbs[i].len &&
 | 
						|
              PRIV(strncmp_c8)(name, vn, namelen) == 0)
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          vn += verbs[i].len + 1;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (i >= verbcount)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR60;  /* Verb not recognized */
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* An empty argument is treated as no argument. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == CHAR_COLON && ptr + 1 < ptrend &&
 | 
						|
             ptr[1] == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
          ptr++;    /* Advance to the closing parens */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Check for mandatory non-empty argument; this is (*MARK) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (verbs[i].has_arg > 0 && *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR66;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* It appears that Perl allows any characters whatsoever, other than a
 | 
						|
        closing parenthesis, to appear in arguments ("names"), so we no longer
 | 
						|
        insist on letters, digits, and underscores. Perl does not, however, do
 | 
						|
        any interpretation within arguments, and has no means of including a
 | 
						|
        closing parenthesis. PCRE supports escape processing but only when it
 | 
						|
        is requested by an option. We set inverbname TRUE here, and let the
 | 
						|
        main loop take care of this so that escape and \x processing is done by
 | 
						|
        the main code above. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr++ == CHAR_COLON)   /* Skip past : or ) */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (verbs[i].has_arg < 0)  /* Argument is forbidden */
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            errorcode = ERR59;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = verbs[i].meta +
 | 
						|
            ((verbs[i].meta != META_MARK)? 0x00010000u:0);
 | 
						|
          verblengthptr = parsed_pattern++;
 | 
						|
          verbnamestart = ptr;
 | 
						|
          inverbname = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else  /* No verb "name" argument */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = verbs[i].meta;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }     /* End of (*VERB) handling */
 | 
						|
      break;  /* Done with this parenthesis */
 | 
						|
      }       /* End of groups that don't start with (? */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Items starting (? ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The type of item is determined by what follows (?. Handle (?| and option
 | 
						|
    changes under "default" because both need a new block on the nest stack.
 | 
						|
    Comments starting with (?# are handled above. Note that there is some
 | 
						|
    ambiguity about the sequence (?- because if a digit follows it's a relative
 | 
						|
    recursion or subroutine call whereas otherwise it's an option unsetting. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (++ptr >= ptrend) goto UNCLOSED_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch(*ptr)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == CHAR_MINUS && ptrend - ptr > 1 && IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
 | 
						|
        goto RECURSION_BYNUMBER;  /* The + case is handled by CHAR_PLUS */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* We now have either (?| or a (possibly empty) option setting,
 | 
						|
      optionally followed by a non-capturing group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      nest_depth++;
 | 
						|
      if (top_nest == NULL) top_nest = (nest_save *)(cb->start_workspace);
 | 
						|
      else if (++top_nest >= end_nests)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR84;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      top_nest->nest_depth = nest_depth;
 | 
						|
      top_nest->flags = 0;
 | 
						|
      if ((options & PCRE2_EXTENDED) != 0) top_nest->flags |= NSF_EXTENDED;
 | 
						|
      if ((options & PCRE2_DUPNAMES) != 0) top_nest->flags |= NSF_DUPNAMES;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Start of non-capturing group that resets the capture count for each
 | 
						|
      branch. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        top_nest->reset_group = (uint16_t)cb->bracount;
 | 
						|
        top_nest->max_group = (uint16_t)cb->bracount;
 | 
						|
        top_nest->flags |= NSF_RESET;
 | 
						|
        cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_DUPCAPUSED;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_NOCAPTURE;
 | 
						|
        ptr++;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Scan for options imsxJU. We need to keep track of (?x) and (?J) for
 | 
						|
      use while scanning. The other options are used during the compiling
 | 
						|
      phases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        top_nest->reset_group = 0;
 | 
						|
        top_nest->max_group = 0;
 | 
						|
        set = unset = 0;
 | 
						|
        optset = &set;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        while (ptr < ptrend && *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS &&
 | 
						|
                               *ptr != CHAR_COLON)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          switch (*ptr++)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_MINUS: optset = &unset; break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_J:  /* Record that it changed in the external options */
 | 
						|
            *optset |= PCRE2_DUPNAMES;
 | 
						|
            cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_JCHANGED;
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_i: *optset |= PCRE2_CASELESS; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_m: *optset |= PCRE2_MULTILINE; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_s: *optset |= PCRE2_DOTALL; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_x: *optset |= PCRE2_EXTENDED; break;
 | 
						|
            case CHAR_U: *optset |= PCRE2_UNGREEDY; break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            default:
 | 
						|
            errorcode = ERR11;
 | 
						|
            ptr--;    /* Correct the offset */
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        options = (options | set) & (~unset);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the options ended with ')' this is not the start of a nested
 | 
						|
        group with option changes, so the options change at this level.
 | 
						|
        In this case, if the previous level set up a nest block, discard the
 | 
						|
        one we have just created. Otherwise adjust it for the previous level.
 | 
						|
        If the options ended with ':' we are starting a non-capturing group,
 | 
						|
        possibly with an options setting. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (ptr >= ptrend) goto UNCLOSED_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr++ == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          nest_depth--;  /* This is not a nested group after all. */
 | 
						|
          if (top_nest > (nest_save *)(cb->start_workspace) &&
 | 
						|
              (top_nest-1)->nest_depth == nest_depth) top_nest--;
 | 
						|
          else top_nest->nest_depth = nest_depth;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else *parsed_pattern++ = META_NOCAPTURE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If nothing changed, no need to record. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (set != 0 || unset != 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = META_OPTIONS;
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern++ = options;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }     /* End options processing */
 | 
						|
      break;  /* End default case after (? */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Python syntax support ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_P:
 | 
						|
      if (++ptr >= ptrend) goto UNCLOSED_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* (?P<name> is the same as (?<name>, which defines a named group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | 
						|
        goto DEFINE_NAME;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* (?P>name) is the same as (?&name), which is a recursion or subroutine
 | 
						|
      call. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN) goto RECURSE_BY_NAME;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* (?P=name) is the same as \k<name>, a back reference by name. Anything
 | 
						|
      else after (?P is an error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR41;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (!read_name(&ptr, ptrend, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, &offset, &name,
 | 
						|
          &namelen, &errorcode, cb)) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_BACKREF_BYNAME;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = namelen;
 | 
						|
      PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      break;   /* End of (?P processing */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Recursion/subroutine calls by number ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_R:
 | 
						|
      i = 0;         /* (?R) == (?R0) */
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      if (ptr >= ptrend || *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR58;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      goto SET_RECURSION;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* An item starting (?- followed by a digit comes here via the "default"
 | 
						|
      case because (?- followed by a non-digit is an options setting. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_PLUS:
 | 
						|
      if (ptrend - ptr < 2 || !IS_DIGIT(ptr[1]))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR29;   /* Missing number */
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_0: case CHAR_1: case CHAR_2: case CHAR_3: case CHAR_4:
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_5: case CHAR_6: case CHAR_7: case CHAR_8: case CHAR_9:
 | 
						|
      RECURSION_BYNUMBER:
 | 
						|
      if (!read_number(&ptr, ptrend,
 | 
						|
          (IS_DIGIT(*ptr))? -1:(int)(cb->bracount), /* + and - are relative */
 | 
						|
          MAX_GROUP_NUMBER, ERR61,
 | 
						|
          &i, &errorcode)) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      if (i < 0)  /* NB (?0) is permitted */
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR15;   /* Unknown group */
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED_BACK;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (ptr >= ptrend || *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
        goto UNCLOSED_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      SET_RECURSION:
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_RECURSE | (uint32_t)i;
 | 
						|
      offset = (PCRE2_SIZE)(ptr - cb->start_pattern);
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      break;  /* End of recursive call by number handling */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Recursion/subroutine calls by name ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_AMPERSAND:
 | 
						|
      RECURSE_BY_NAME:
 | 
						|
      if (!read_name(&ptr, ptrend, CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS, &offset, &name,
 | 
						|
          &namelen, &errorcode, cb)) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_RECURSE_BYNAME;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = namelen;
 | 
						|
      PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
      okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Callout with numerical or string argument ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_C:
 | 
						|
      if (++ptr >= ptrend) goto UNCLOSED_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the previous item was a condition starting (?(? an assertion,
 | 
						|
      optionally preceded by a callout, is expected. This is checked later on,
 | 
						|
      during actual compilation. However we need to identify this kind of
 | 
						|
      assertion in this pass because it must not be qualified. The value of
 | 
						|
      expect_cond_assert is set to 2 after (?(? is processed. We decrement it
 | 
						|
      for a callout - still leaving a positive value that identifies the
 | 
						|
      assertion. Multiple callouts or any other items will make it zero or
 | 
						|
      less, which doesn't matter because they will cause an error later. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      expect_cond_assert = prev_expect_cond_assert - 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If previous_callout is not NULL, it means this follows a previous
 | 
						|
      callout. If it was a manual callout, do nothing; this means its "length
 | 
						|
      of next pattern item" field will remain zero. If it was an automatic
 | 
						|
      callout, abolish it. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (previous_callout != NULL && (options & PCRE2_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0 &&
 | 
						|
          previous_callout == parsed_pattern - 4 &&
 | 
						|
          parsed_pattern[-1] == 255)
 | 
						|
        parsed_pattern = previous_callout;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Save for updating next pattern item length, and skip one item before
 | 
						|
      completing. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      previous_callout = parsed_pattern;
 | 
						|
      after_manual_callout = 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle a string argument; specific delimiter is required. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS && !IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        PCRE2_SIZE calloutlength;
 | 
						|
        PCRE2_SPTR startptr = ptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        delimiter = 0;
 | 
						|
        for (i = 0; PRIV(callout_start_delims)[i] != 0; i++)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (*ptr == PRIV(callout_start_delims)[i])
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            delimiter = PRIV(callout_end_delims)[i];
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (delimiter == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR82;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern = META_CALLOUT_STRING;
 | 
						|
        parsed_pattern += 3;   /* Skip pattern info */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        for (;;)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (++ptr >= ptrend)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            errorcode = ERR81;
 | 
						|
            ptr = startptr;   /* To give a more useful message */
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          if (*ptr == delimiter && (++ptr >= ptrend || *ptr != delimiter))
 | 
						|
            break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        calloutlength = (PCRE2_SIZE)(ptr - startptr);
 | 
						|
        if (calloutlength > UINT32_MAX)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR72;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = (uint32_t)calloutlength;
 | 
						|
        offset = (PCRE2_SIZE)(startptr - cb->start_pattern);
 | 
						|
        PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle a callout with an optional numerical argument, which must be
 | 
						|
      less than or equal to 255. A missing argument gives 0. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        int n = 0;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern = META_CALLOUT_NUMBER;     /* Numerical callout */
 | 
						|
        parsed_pattern += 3;                       /* Skip pattern info */
 | 
						|
        while (ptr < ptrend && IS_DIGIT(*ptr))
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          n = n * 10 + *ptr++ - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
          if (n > 255)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            errorcode = ERR38;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = n;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Both formats must have a closing parenthesis */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (ptr >= ptrend || *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR39;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Remember the offset to the next item in the pattern, and set a default
 | 
						|
      length. This should get updated after the next item is read. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      previous_callout[1] = ptr - cb->start_pattern;
 | 
						|
      previous_callout[2] = 0;
 | 
						|
      break;                  /* End callout */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Conditional group ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A condition can be an assertion, a number (referring to a numbered
 | 
						|
      group's having been set), a name (referring to a named group), or 'R',
 | 
						|
      referring to overall recursion. R<digits> and R&name are also permitted
 | 
						|
      for recursion state tests. Numbers may be preceded by + or - to specify a
 | 
						|
      relative group number.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      There are several syntaxes for testing a named group: (?(name)) is used
 | 
						|
      by Python; Perl 5.10 onwards uses (?(<name>) or (?('name')).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      There are two unfortunate ambiguities. 'R' can be the recursive thing or
 | 
						|
      the name 'R' (and similarly for 'R' followed by digits). 'DEFINE' can be
 | 
						|
      the Perl DEFINE feature or the Python named test. We look for a name
 | 
						|
      first; if not found, we try the other case.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      For compatibility with auto-callouts, we allow a callout to be specified
 | 
						|
      before a condition that is an assertion. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS:
 | 
						|
      if (++ptr >= ptrend) goto UNCLOSED_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
      nest_depth++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the next character is ? there must be an assertion next (optionally
 | 
						|
      preceded by a callout). We do not check this here, but instead we set
 | 
						|
      expect_cond_assert to 2. If this is still greater than zero (callouts
 | 
						|
      decrement it) when the next assertion is read, it will be marked as a
 | 
						|
      condition that must not be repeated. A value greater than zero also
 | 
						|
      causes checking that an assertion (possibly with callout) follows. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (*ptr == CHAR_QUESTION_MARK)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_COND_ASSERT;
 | 
						|
        ptr--;   /* Pull pointer back to the opening parenthesis. */
 | 
						|
        expect_cond_assert = 2;
 | 
						|
        break;  /* End of conditional */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle (?([+-]number)... */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (read_number(&ptr, ptrend, cb->bracount, MAX_GROUP_NUMBER, ERR61, &i,
 | 
						|
          &errorcode))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (i <= 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR15;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_COND_NUMBER;
 | 
						|
        offset = (PCRE2_SIZE)(ptr - cb->start_pattern - 2);
 | 
						|
        PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = i;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else if (errorcode != 0) goto FAILED;   /* Number too big */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* No number found. Handle the special case (?(VERSION[>]=n.m)... */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (ptrend - ptr >= 10 &&
 | 
						|
               PRIV(strncmp_c8)(ptr, STRING_VERSION, 7) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
               ptr[7] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        uint32_t ge = 0;
 | 
						|
        int major = 0;
 | 
						|
        int minor = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        ptr += 7;
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          ge = 1;
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* NOTE: cannot write IS_DIGIT(*(++ptr)) here because IS_DIGIT
 | 
						|
        references its argument twice. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN || (ptr++, !IS_DIGIT(*ptr)))
 | 
						|
          goto BAD_VERSION_CONDITION;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (!read_number(&ptr, ptrend, -1, 1000, ERR79, &major, &errorcode))
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (ptr >= ptrend) goto BAD_VERSION_CONDITION;
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == CHAR_DOT)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (++ptr >= ptrend || !IS_DIGIT(*ptr)) goto BAD_VERSION_CONDITION;
 | 
						|
          if (!read_number(&ptr, ptrend, -1, 99 , ERR79, &minor, &errorcode))
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          if (minor < 10) minor *= 10;
 | 
						|
          if (ptr >= ptrend || *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
            goto BAD_VERSION_CONDITION;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = META_COND_VERSION;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = ge;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = major;
 | 
						|
        *parsed_pattern++ = minor;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* All the remaining cases now require us to read a name. We cannot at
 | 
						|
      this stage distinguish ambiguous cases such as (?(R12) which might be a
 | 
						|
      recursion test by number or a name, because the named groups have not yet
 | 
						|
      all been identified. Those cases are treated as names, but given a
 | 
						|
      different META code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        BOOL was_r_ampersand = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*ptr == CHAR_R && ptrend - ptr > 1 && ptr[1] == CHAR_AMPERSAND)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
          was_r_ampersand = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          ptr++;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else if (*ptr == CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN)
 | 
						|
          terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | 
						|
        else if (*ptr == CHAR_APOSTROPHE)
 | 
						|
          terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          terminator = CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS;
 | 
						|
          ptr--;   /* Point to char before name */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (!read_name(&ptr, ptrend, terminator, &offset, &name, &namelen,
 | 
						|
            &errorcode, cb)) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Handle (?(R&name) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (was_r_ampersand)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *parsed_pattern = META_COND_RNAME;
 | 
						|
          ptr--;   /* Back to closing parens */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Handle (?(name). If the name is "DEFINE" we identify it with a
 | 
						|
        special code. Likewise if the name consists of R followed only by
 | 
						|
        digits. Otherwise, handle it like a quoted name. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (terminator == CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (namelen == 6 && PRIV(strncmp_c8)(name, STRING_DEFINE, 6) == 0)
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern = META_COND_DEFINE;
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            for (i = 1; i < (int)namelen; i++)
 | 
						|
              if (!IS_DIGIT(name[i])) break;
 | 
						|
            *parsed_pattern = (*name == CHAR_R && i >= (int)namelen)?
 | 
						|
              META_COND_RNUMBER : META_COND_NAME;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          ptr--;   /* Back to closing parens */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Handle (?('name') or (?(<name>) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else *parsed_pattern = META_COND_NAME;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* All these cases except DEFINE end with the name length and offset;
 | 
						|
        DEFINE just has an offset (for the "too many branches" error). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (*parsed_pattern++ != META_COND_DEFINE) *parsed_pattern++ = namelen;
 | 
						|
        PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
        }  /* End cases that read a name */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Check the closing parenthesis of the condition */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (ptr >= ptrend || *ptr != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR24;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      break;  /* End of condition processing */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Atomic group ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN:
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_ATOMIC;
 | 
						|
      nest_depth++;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Lookahead assertions ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN:
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_LOOKAHEAD;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      goto POST_ASSERTION;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK:
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_LOOKAHEADNOT;
 | 
						|
      ptr++;
 | 
						|
      goto POST_ASSERTION;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Lookbehind assertions ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* (?< followed by = or ! is a lookbehind assertion. Otherwise (?< is the
 | 
						|
      start of the name of a capturing group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_LESS_THAN_SIGN:
 | 
						|
      if (ptrend - ptr <= 1 ||
 | 
						|
         (ptr[1] != CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN && ptr[1] != CHAR_EXCLAMATION_MARK))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        terminator = CHAR_GREATER_THAN_SIGN;
 | 
						|
        goto DEFINE_NAME;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = (ptr[1] == CHAR_EQUALS_SIGN)?
 | 
						|
        META_LOOKBEHIND : META_LOOKBEHINDNOT;
 | 
						|
      *has_lookbehind = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      offset = (PCRE2_SIZE)(ptr - cb->start_pattern - 2);
 | 
						|
      PUTOFFSET(offset, parsed_pattern);
 | 
						|
      ptr += 2;
 | 
						|
      /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the previous item was a condition starting (?(? an assertion,
 | 
						|
      optionally preceded by a callout, is expected. This is checked later on,
 | 
						|
      during actual compilation. However we need to identify this kind of
 | 
						|
      assertion in this pass because it must not be qualified. The value of
 | 
						|
      expect_cond_assert is set to 2 after (?(? is processed. We decrement it
 | 
						|
      for a callout - still leaving a positive value that identifies the
 | 
						|
      assertion. Multiple callouts or any other items will make it zero or
 | 
						|
      less, which doesn't matter because they will cause an error later. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      POST_ASSERTION:
 | 
						|
      nest_depth++;
 | 
						|
      if (prev_expect_cond_assert > 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (top_nest == NULL) top_nest = (nest_save *)(cb->start_workspace);
 | 
						|
        else if (++top_nest >= end_nests)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR84;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        top_nest->nest_depth = nest_depth;
 | 
						|
        top_nest->flags = NSF_CONDASSERT;
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE2_EXTENDED) != 0) top_nest->flags |= NSF_EXTENDED;
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE2_DUPNAMES) != 0) top_nest->flags |= NSF_DUPNAMES;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* ---- Define a named group ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A named group may be defined as (?'name') or (?<name>). In the latter
 | 
						|
      case we jump to DEFINE_NAME from the disambiguation of (?< above with the
 | 
						|
      terminator set to '>'. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case CHAR_APOSTROPHE:
 | 
						|
      terminator = CHAR_APOSTROPHE;    /* Terminator */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      DEFINE_NAME:
 | 
						|
      if (!read_name(&ptr, ptrend, terminator, &offset, &name, &namelen,
 | 
						|
          &errorcode, cb)) goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* We have a name for this capturing group. It is also assigned a number,
 | 
						|
      which is its primary means of identification. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      cb->bracount++;
 | 
						|
      *parsed_pattern++ = META_CAPTURE | cb->bracount;
 | 
						|
      nest_depth++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Check not too many names */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (cb->names_found >= MAX_NAME_COUNT)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        errorcode = ERR49;
 | 
						|
        goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Adjust the entry size to accommodate the longest name found. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1 > cb->name_entry_size)
 | 
						|
        cb->name_entry_size = (uint16_t)(namelen + IMM2_SIZE + 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Scan the list to check for duplicates. For duplicate names, if the
 | 
						|
      number is the same, break the loop, which causes the name to be
 | 
						|
      discarded; otherwise, if DUPNAMES is not set, give an error.
 | 
						|
      If it is set, allow the name with a different number, but continue
 | 
						|
      scanning in case this is a duplicate with the same number. For
 | 
						|
      non-duplicate names, give an error if the number is duplicated. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      isdupname = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      ng = cb->named_groups;
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0; i < cb->names_found; i++, ng++)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (namelen == ng->length &&
 | 
						|
            PRIV(strncmp)(name, ng->name, (PCRE2_SIZE)namelen) == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (ng->number == cb->bracount) break;
 | 
						|
          if ((options & PCRE2_DUPNAMES) == 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            errorcode = ERR43;
 | 
						|
            goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          isdupname = ng->isdup = TRUE;     /* Mark as a duplicate */
 | 
						|
          cb->dupnames = TRUE;              /* Duplicate names exist */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else if (ng->number == cb->bracount)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR65;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (i < cb->names_found) break;   /* Ignore duplicate with same number */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Increase the list size if necessary */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (cb->names_found >= cb->named_group_list_size)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        uint32_t newsize = cb->named_group_list_size * 2;
 | 
						|
        named_group *newspace =
 | 
						|
          cb->cx->memctl.malloc(newsize * sizeof(named_group),
 | 
						|
          cb->cx->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
        if (newspace == NULL)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR21;
 | 
						|
          goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        memcpy(newspace, cb->named_groups,
 | 
						|
          cb->named_group_list_size * sizeof(named_group));
 | 
						|
        if (cb->named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE)
 | 
						|
          cb->cx->memctl.free((void *)cb->named_groups,
 | 
						|
          cb->cx->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
        cb->named_groups = newspace;
 | 
						|
        cb->named_group_list_size = newsize;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Add this name to the list */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      cb->named_groups[cb->names_found].name = name;
 | 
						|
      cb->named_groups[cb->names_found].length = (uint16_t)namelen;
 | 
						|
      cb->named_groups[cb->names_found].number = cb->bracount;
 | 
						|
      cb->named_groups[cb->names_found].isdup = (uint16_t)isdupname;
 | 
						|
      cb->names_found++;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }        /* End of (? switch */
 | 
						|
    break;     /* End of ( handling */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ---- Branch terminators ---- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Alternation: reset the capture count if we are in a (?| group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_VERTICAL_LINE:
 | 
						|
    if (top_nest != NULL && top_nest->nest_depth == nest_depth &&
 | 
						|
        (top_nest->flags & NSF_RESET) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (cb->bracount > top_nest->max_group)
 | 
						|
        top_nest->max_group = (uint16_t)cb->bracount;
 | 
						|
      cb->bracount = top_nest->reset_group;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    *parsed_pattern++ = META_ALT;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* End of group; reset the capture count to the maximum if we are in a (?|
 | 
						|
    group and/or reset the extended and dupnames options. Disallow quantifier
 | 
						|
    for a condition that is an assertion. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS:
 | 
						|
    okquantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    if (top_nest != NULL && top_nest->nest_depth == nest_depth)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if ((top_nest->flags & NSF_RESET) != 0 &&
 | 
						|
          top_nest->max_group > cb->bracount)
 | 
						|
        cb->bracount = top_nest->max_group;
 | 
						|
      if ((top_nest->flags & NSF_EXTENDED) != 0) options |= PCRE2_EXTENDED;
 | 
						|
        else options &= ~PCRE2_EXTENDED;
 | 
						|
      if ((top_nest->flags & NSF_DUPNAMES) != 0) options |= PCRE2_DUPNAMES;
 | 
						|
        else options &= ~PCRE2_DUPNAMES;
 | 
						|
      if ((top_nest->flags & NSF_CONDASSERT) != 0)
 | 
						|
        okquantifier = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      if (top_nest == (nest_save *)(cb->start_workspace)) top_nest = NULL;
 | 
						|
        else top_nest--;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    if (nest_depth == 0)    /* Unmatched closing parenthesis */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      errorcode = ERR22;
 | 
						|
      goto FAILED_BACK;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    nest_depth--;
 | 
						|
    *parsed_pattern++ = META_KET;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
    }  /* End of switch on pattern character */
 | 
						|
  }    /* End of main character scan loop */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* End of pattern reached. Check for missing ) at the end of a verb name. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (inverbname && ptr >= ptrend)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR60;
 | 
						|
  goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Manage callout for the final item */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
parsed_pattern = manage_callouts(ptr, &previous_callout, options,
 | 
						|
  parsed_pattern, cb);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Terminate the parsed pattern, then return success if all groups are closed.
 | 
						|
Otherwise we have unclosed parentheses. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (parsed_pattern >= parsed_pattern_end)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR63;  /* Internal error (parsed pattern overflow) */
 | 
						|
  goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
*parsed_pattern = META_END;
 | 
						|
if (nest_depth == 0) return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
UNCLOSED_PARENTHESIS:
 | 
						|
errorcode = ERR14;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Come here for all failures. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
FAILED:
 | 
						|
cb->erroroffset = (PCRE2_SIZE)(ptr - cb->start_pattern);
 | 
						|
return errorcode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Some errors need to indicate the previous character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
FAILED_BACK:
 | 
						|
ptr--;
 | 
						|
goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This failure happens several times. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
BAD_VERSION_CONDITION:
 | 
						|
errorcode = ERR79;
 | 
						|
goto FAILED;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*      Find first significant op code            *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is called by several functions that scan a compiled expression looking
 | 
						|
for a fixed first character, or an anchoring op code etc. It skips over things
 | 
						|
that do not influence this. For some calls, it makes sense to skip negative
 | 
						|
forward and all backward assertions, and also the \b assertion; for others it
 | 
						|
does not.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code         pointer to the start of the group
 | 
						|
  skipassert   TRUE if certain assertions are to be skipped
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:       pointer to the first significant opcode
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static const PCRE2_UCHAR*
 | 
						|
first_significant_code(PCRE2_SPTR code, BOOL skipassert)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  switch ((int)*code)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERTBACK:
 | 
						|
    case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
 | 
						|
    if (!skipassert) return code;
 | 
						|
    do code += GET(code, 1); while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
    code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | 
						|
    case OP_NOT_WORD_BOUNDARY:
 | 
						|
    if (!skipassert) return code;
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_CALLOUT:
 | 
						|
    case OP_CREF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_DNCREF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_RREF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_DNRREF:
 | 
						|
    case OP_FALSE:
 | 
						|
    case OP_TRUE:
 | 
						|
    code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case OP_CALLOUT_STR:
 | 
						|
    code += GET(code, 1 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    return code;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
/* Control never reaches here */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*           Get othercase range                  *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is passed the start and end of a class range in UCP mode. It
 | 
						|
searches up the characters, looking for ranges of characters in the "other"
 | 
						|
case. Each call returns the next one, updating the start address. A character
 | 
						|
with multiple other cases is returned on its own with a special return value.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  cptr        points to starting character value; updated
 | 
						|
  d           end value
 | 
						|
  ocptr       where to put start of othercase range
 | 
						|
  odptr       where to put end of othercase range
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Yield:        -1 when no more
 | 
						|
               0 when a range is returned
 | 
						|
              >0 the CASESET offset for char with multiple other cases
 | 
						|
                in this case, ocptr contains the original
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
get_othercase_range(uint32_t *cptr, uint32_t d, uint32_t *ocptr,
 | 
						|
  uint32_t *odptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t c, othercase, next;
 | 
						|
unsigned int co;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Find the first character that has an other case. If it has multiple other
 | 
						|
cases, return its case offset value. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (c = *cptr; c <= d; c++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *ocptr = c++;   /* Character that has the set */
 | 
						|
    *cptr = c;      /* Rest of input range */
 | 
						|
    return (int)co;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if ((othercase = UCD_OTHERCASE(c)) != c) break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (c > d) return -1;  /* Reached end of range */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Found a character that has a single other case. Search for the end of the
 | 
						|
range, which is either the end of the input range, or a character that has zero
 | 
						|
or more than one other cases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*ocptr = othercase;
 | 
						|
next = othercase + 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (++c; c <= d; c++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if ((co = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0 || UCD_OTHERCASE(c) != next) break;
 | 
						|
  next++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*odptr = next - 1;     /* End of othercase range */
 | 
						|
*cptr = c;             /* Rest of input range */
 | 
						|
return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UNICODE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
* Add a character or range to a class (internal) *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function packages up the logic of adding a character or range of
 | 
						|
characters to a class. The character values in the arguments will be within the
 | 
						|
valid values for the current mode (8-bit, 16-bit, UTF, etc). This function is
 | 
						|
called only from within the "add to class" group of functions, some of which
 | 
						|
are recursive and mutually recursive. The external entry point is
 | 
						|
add_to_class().
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
 | 
						|
  uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
 | 
						|
  options       the options word
 | 
						|
  cb            compile data
 | 
						|
  start         start of range character
 | 
						|
  end           end of range character
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
 | 
						|
                the pointer to extra data is updated
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static unsigned int
 | 
						|
add_to_class_internal(uint8_t *classbits, PCRE2_UCHAR **uchardptr,
 | 
						|
  uint32_t options, compile_block *cb, uint32_t start, uint32_t end)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t c;
 | 
						|
uint32_t classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff);
 | 
						|
unsigned int n8 = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If caseless matching is required, scan the range and process alternate
 | 
						|
cases. In Unicode, there are 8-bit characters that have alternate cases that
 | 
						|
are greater than 255 and vice-versa. Sometimes we can just extend the original
 | 
						|
range. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE2_UTF) != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    int rc;
 | 
						|
    uint32_t oc, od;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    options &= ~PCRE2_CASELESS;   /* Remove for recursive calls */
 | 
						|
    c = start;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while ((rc = get_othercase_range(&c, end, &oc, &od)) >= 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      /* Handle a single character that has more than one other case. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (rc > 0) n8 += add_list_to_class_internal(classbits, uchardptr, options, cb,
 | 
						|
        PRIV(ucd_caseless_sets) + rc, oc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Do nothing if the other case range is within the original range. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (oc >= cb->class_range_start && od <= cb->class_range_end) continue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Extend the original range if there is overlap, noting that if oc < c, we
 | 
						|
      can't have od > end because a subrange is always shorter than the basic
 | 
						|
      range. Otherwise, use a recursive call to add the additional range. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (oc < start && od >= start - 1) start = oc; /* Extend downwards */
 | 
						|
      else if (od > end && oc <= end + 1)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        end = od;       /* Extend upwards */
 | 
						|
        if (end > classbits_end) classbits_end = (end <= 0xff ? end : 0xff);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else n8 += add_to_class_internal(classbits, uchardptr, options, cb, oc, od);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UNICODE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Not UTF mode */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    SETBIT(classbits, cb->fcc[c]);
 | 
						|
    n8++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Now handle the originally supplied range. Adjust the final value according
 | 
						|
to the bit length - this means that the same lists of (e.g.) horizontal spaces
 | 
						|
can be used in all cases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((options & PCRE2_UTF) == 0 && end > MAX_NON_UTF_CHAR)
 | 
						|
  end = MAX_NON_UTF_CHAR;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (start > cb->class_range_start && end < cb->class_range_end) return n8;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Use the bitmap for characters < 256. Otherwise use extra data.*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (c = start; c <= classbits_end; c++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  /* Regardless of start, c will always be <= 255. */
 | 
						|
  SETBIT(classbits, c);
 | 
						|
  n8++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
if (start <= 0xff) start = 0xff + 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (end >= start)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_UCHAR *uchardata = *uchardptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE2_UTF) != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (start < end)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
      uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
 | 
						|
      uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(end, uchardata);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else if (start == end)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
      uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(start, uchardata);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UNICODE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Without UTF support, character values are constrained by the bit length,
 | 
						|
  and can only be > 256 for 16-bit and 32-bit libraries. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 8
 | 
						|
    {}
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
  if (start < end)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
    *uchardata++ = start;
 | 
						|
    *uchardata++ = end;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else if (start == end)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *uchardata++ = XCL_SINGLE;
 | 
						|
    *uchardata++ = start;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
#endif  /* PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 8 */
 | 
						|
  *uchardptr = uchardata;   /* Updata extra data pointer */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#else  /* SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS */
 | 
						|
  (void)uchardptr;          /* Avoid compiler warning */
 | 
						|
#endif /* SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return n8;    /* Number of 8-bit characters */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
* Add a list of characters to a class (internal) *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is used for adding a list of case-equivalent characters to a
 | 
						|
class when in UTF mode. This function is called only from within
 | 
						|
add_to_class_internal(), with which it is mutually recursive.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
 | 
						|
  uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
 | 
						|
  options       the options word
 | 
						|
  cb            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | 
						|
  p             points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
 | 
						|
  except        character to omit; this is used when adding lists of
 | 
						|
                  case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we
 | 
						|
                  already know about
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
 | 
						|
                the pointer to extra data is updated
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static unsigned int
 | 
						|
add_list_to_class_internal(uint8_t *classbits, PCRE2_UCHAR **uchardptr,
 | 
						|
  uint32_t options, compile_block *cb, const uint32_t *p, unsigned int except)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
unsigned int n8 = 0;
 | 
						|
while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  unsigned int n = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (p[0] != except)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++;
 | 
						|
    n8 += add_to_class_internal(classbits, uchardptr, options, cb, p[0], p[n]);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  p += n + 1;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
return n8;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*   External entry point for add range to class  *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function sets the overall range so that the internal functions can try
 | 
						|
to avoid duplication when handling case-independence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
 | 
						|
  uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
 | 
						|
  options       the options word
 | 
						|
  cb            compile data
 | 
						|
  start         start of range character
 | 
						|
  end           end of range character
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
 | 
						|
                the pointer to extra data is updated
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static unsigned int
 | 
						|
add_to_class(uint8_t *classbits, PCRE2_UCHAR **uchardptr, uint32_t options,
 | 
						|
  compile_block *cb, uint32_t start, uint32_t end)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
cb->class_range_start = start;
 | 
						|
cb->class_range_end = end;
 | 
						|
return add_to_class_internal(classbits, uchardptr, options, cb, start, end);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*   External entry point for add list to class   *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is used for adding a list of horizontal or vertical whitespace
 | 
						|
characters to a class. The list must be in order so that ranges of characters
 | 
						|
can be detected and handled appropriately. This function sets the overall range
 | 
						|
so that the internal functions can try to avoid duplication when handling
 | 
						|
case-independence.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
 | 
						|
  uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
 | 
						|
  options       the options word
 | 
						|
  cb            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | 
						|
  p             points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
 | 
						|
  except        character to omit; this is used when adding lists of
 | 
						|
                  case-equivalent characters to avoid including the one we
 | 
						|
                  already know about
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
 | 
						|
                the pointer to extra data is updated
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static unsigned int
 | 
						|
add_list_to_class(uint8_t *classbits, PCRE2_UCHAR **uchardptr, uint32_t options,
 | 
						|
  compile_block *cb, const uint32_t *p, unsigned int except)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
unsigned int n8 = 0;
 | 
						|
while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  unsigned int n = 0;
 | 
						|
  if (p[0] != except)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    while(p[n+1] == p[0] + n + 1) n++;
 | 
						|
    cb->class_range_start = p[0];
 | 
						|
    cb->class_range_end = p[n];
 | 
						|
    n8 += add_to_class_internal(classbits, uchardptr, options, cb, p[0], p[n]);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  p += n + 1;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
return n8;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*    Add characters not in a list to a class     *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is used for adding the complement of a list of horizontal or
 | 
						|
vertical whitespace to a class. The list must be in order.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  classbits     the bit map for characters < 256
 | 
						|
  uchardptr     points to the pointer for extra data
 | 
						|
  options       the options word
 | 
						|
  cb            contains pointers to tables etc.
 | 
						|
  p             points to row of 32-bit values, terminated by NOTACHAR
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        the number of < 256 characters added
 | 
						|
                the pointer to extra data is updated
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static unsigned int
 | 
						|
add_not_list_to_class(uint8_t *classbits, PCRE2_UCHAR **uchardptr,
 | 
						|
  uint32_t options, compile_block *cb, const uint32_t *p)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
BOOL utf = (options & PCRE2_UTF) != 0;
 | 
						|
unsigned int n8 = 0;
 | 
						|
if (p[0] > 0)
 | 
						|
  n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cb, 0, p[0] - 1);
 | 
						|
while (p[0] < NOTACHAR)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  while (p[1] == p[0] + 1) p++;
 | 
						|
  n8 += add_to_class(classbits, uchardptr, options, cb, p[0] + 1,
 | 
						|
    (p[1] == NOTACHAR) ? (utf ? 0x10ffffu : 0xffffffffu) : p[1] - 1);
 | 
						|
  p++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
return n8;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*    Find details of duplicate group names       *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is called from compile_branch() when it needs to know the index and
 | 
						|
count of duplicates in the names table when processing named backreferences,
 | 
						|
either directly, or as conditions.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  name          points to the name
 | 
						|
  length        the length of the name
 | 
						|
  indexptr      where to put the index
 | 
						|
  countptr      where to put the count of duplicates
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr  where to put an error code
 | 
						|
  cb            the compile block
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        TRUE if OK, FALSE if not, error code set
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
find_dupname_details(PCRE2_SPTR name, uint32_t length, int *indexptr,
 | 
						|
  int *countptr, int *errorcodeptr, compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t i, groupnumber;
 | 
						|
int count;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *slot = cb->name_table;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Find the first entry in the table */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (i = 0; i < cb->names_found; i++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (PRIV(strncmp)(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, length) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
      slot[IMM2_SIZE+length] == 0) break;
 | 
						|
  slot += cb->name_entry_size;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This should not occur, because this function is called only when we know we
 | 
						|
have duplicate names. Give an internal error. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (i >= cb->names_found)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorcodeptr = ERR53;
 | 
						|
  cb->erroroffset = name - cb->start_pattern;
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Record the index and then see how many duplicates there are, updating the
 | 
						|
backref map and maximum back reference as we do. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*indexptr = i;
 | 
						|
count = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  count++;
 | 
						|
  groupnumber = GET2(slot,0);
 | 
						|
  cb->backref_map |= (groupnumber < 32)? (1u << groupnumber) : 1;
 | 
						|
  if (groupnumber > cb->top_backref) cb->top_backref = groupnumber;
 | 
						|
  if (++i >= cb->names_found) break;
 | 
						|
  slot += cb->name_entry_size;
 | 
						|
  if (PRIV(strncmp)(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, length) != 0 ||
 | 
						|
    (slot+IMM2_SIZE)[length] != 0) break;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*countptr = count;
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*           Compile one branch                   *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Scan the parsed pattern, compiling it into the a vector of PCRE2_UCHAR. If
 | 
						|
the options are changed during the branch, the pointer is used to change the
 | 
						|
external options bits. This function is used during the pre-compile phase when
 | 
						|
we are trying to find out the amount of memory needed, as well as during the
 | 
						|
real compile phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes the two phases.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  optionsptr        pointer to the option bits
 | 
						|
  codeptr           points to the pointer to the current code point
 | 
						|
  pptrptr           points to the current parsed pattern pointer
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr      points to error code variable
 | 
						|
  firstcuptr        place to put the first required code unit
 | 
						|
  firstcuflagsptr   place to put the first code unit flags, or a negative number
 | 
						|
  reqcuptr          place to put the last required code unit
 | 
						|
  reqcuflagsptr     place to put the last required code unit flags, or a negative number
 | 
						|
  bcptr             points to current branch chain
 | 
						|
  cb                contains pointers to tables etc.
 | 
						|
  lengthptr         NULL during the real compile phase
 | 
						|
                    points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:            0 There's been an error, *errorcodeptr is non-zero
 | 
						|
                   +1 Success, this branch must match at least one character
 | 
						|
                   -1 Success, this branch may match an empty string
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
compile_branch(uint32_t *optionsptr, PCRE2_UCHAR **codeptr, uint32_t **pptrptr,
 | 
						|
  int *errorcodeptr, uint32_t *firstcuptr, int32_t *firstcuflagsptr,
 | 
						|
  uint32_t *reqcuptr, int32_t *reqcuflagsptr, branch_chain *bcptr,
 | 
						|
  compile_block *cb, PCRE2_SIZE *lengthptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int bravalue = 0;
 | 
						|
int okreturn = -1;
 | 
						|
int group_return = 0;
 | 
						|
uint32_t repeat_min = 0, repeat_max = 0;      /* To please picky compilers */
 | 
						|
uint32_t greedy_default, greedy_non_default;
 | 
						|
uint32_t repeat_type, op_type;
 | 
						|
uint32_t options = *optionsptr;               /* May change dynamically */
 | 
						|
uint32_t firstcu, reqcu;
 | 
						|
uint32_t zeroreqcu, zerofirstcu;
 | 
						|
uint32_t escape;
 | 
						|
uint32_t *pptr = *pptrptr;
 | 
						|
uint32_t meta, meta_arg;
 | 
						|
int32_t firstcuflags, reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
int32_t zeroreqcuflags, zerofirstcuflags;
 | 
						|
int32_t req_caseopt, reqvary, tempreqvary;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE offset = 0;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE length_prevgroup = 0;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *code = *codeptr;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *last_code = code;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *orig_code = code;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *tempcode;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *previous = NULL;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR op_previous;
 | 
						|
BOOL groupsetfirstcu = FALSE;
 | 
						|
BOOL matched_char = FALSE;
 | 
						|
BOOL previous_matched_char = FALSE;
 | 
						|
const uint8_t *cbits = cb->cbits;
 | 
						|
uint8_t classbits[32];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* We can fish out the UTF setting once and for all into a BOOL, but we must
 | 
						|
not do this for other options (e.g. PCRE2_EXTENDED) because they may change
 | 
						|
dynamically as we process the pattern. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
BOOL utf = (options & PCRE2_UTF) != 0;
 | 
						|
#else  /* No UTF support */
 | 
						|
BOOL utf = FALSE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Helper variables for OP_XCLASS opcode (for characters > 255). We define
 | 
						|
class_uchardata always so that it can be passed to add_to_class() always,
 | 
						|
though it will not be used in non-UTF 8-bit cases. This avoids having to supply
 | 
						|
alternative calls for the different cases. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *class_uchardata;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
BOOL xclass;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *class_uchardata_base;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Set up the default and non-default settings for greediness */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
greedy_default = ((options & PCRE2_UNGREEDY) != 0);
 | 
						|
greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Initialize no first unit, no required unit. REQ_UNSET means "no char
 | 
						|
matching encountered yet". It gets changed to REQ_NONE if we hit something that
 | 
						|
matches a non-fixed first unit; reqcu just remains unset if we never find one.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
When we hit a repeat whose minimum is zero, we may have to adjust these values
 | 
						|
to take the zero repeat into account. This is implemented by setting them to
 | 
						|
zerofirstcu and zeroreqcu when such a repeat is encountered. The individual
 | 
						|
item types that can be repeated set these backoff variables appropriately. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
firstcu = reqcu = zerofirstcu = zeroreqcu = 0;
 | 
						|
firstcuflags = reqcuflags = zerofirstcuflags = zeroreqcuflags = REQ_UNSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The variable req_caseopt contains either the REQ_CASELESS value or zero,
 | 
						|
according to the current setting of the caseless flag. The REQ_CASELESS value
 | 
						|
leaves the lower 28 bit empty. It is added into the firstcu or reqcu variables
 | 
						|
to record the case status of the value. This is used only for ASCII characters.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS:0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Switch on next META item until the end of the branch */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (;; pptr++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
  BOOL xclass_has_prop;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  BOOL negate_class;
 | 
						|
  BOOL should_flip_negation;
 | 
						|
  BOOL match_all_or_no_wide_chars;
 | 
						|
  BOOL possessive_quantifier;
 | 
						|
  BOOL note_group_empty;
 | 
						|
  int class_has_8bitchar;
 | 
						|
  int i;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t mclength;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t templastcapture;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t skipunits;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t subreqcu, subfirstcu;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t groupnumber;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t verbarglen, verbculen;
 | 
						|
  int32_t subreqcuflags, subfirstcuflags;  /* Must be signed */
 | 
						|
  open_capitem *oc;
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_UCHAR mcbuffer[8];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Get next META item in the pattern and its potential argument. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  meta = META_CODE(*pptr);
 | 
						|
  meta_arg = META_DATA(*pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If we are in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length used for the
 | 
						|
  previous cycle of this loop, unless the next item is a quantifier. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (code > cb->start_workspace + cb->workspace_size -
 | 
						|
        WORK_SIZE_SAFETY_MARGIN)                       /* Check for overrun */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = (code >= cb->start_workspace + cb->workspace_size)?
 | 
						|
        ERR52 : ERR86;
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* There is at least one situation where code goes backwards: this is the
 | 
						|
    case of a zero quantifier after a class (e.g. [ab]{0}). When the quantifier
 | 
						|
    is processed, the whole class is eliminated. However, it is created first,
 | 
						|
    so we have to allow memory for it. Therefore, don't ever reduce the length
 | 
						|
    at this point. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (code < last_code) code = last_code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If the next thing is not a quantifier, we add the length of the previous
 | 
						|
    item into the total, and reset the code pointer to the start of the
 | 
						|
    workspace. Otherwise leave the previous item available to be quantified. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (meta < META_ASTERISK || meta > META_MINMAX_QUERY)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < (PCRE2_SIZE)(code - orig_code))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR20;   /* Integer overflow */
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *lengthptr += (PCRE2_SIZE)(code - orig_code);
 | 
						|
      if (*lengthptr > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR20;   /* Pattern is too large */
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      code = orig_code;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Remember where this code item starts so we can catch the "backwards"
 | 
						|
    case above next time round. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    last_code = code;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Process the next parsed pattern item. If it is not a quantifier, remember
 | 
						|
  where it starts so that it can be quantified when a quantifier follows.
 | 
						|
  Checking for the legality of quantifiers happens in parse_regex(), except for
 | 
						|
  a quantifier after an assertion that is a condition. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (meta < META_ASTERISK || meta > META_MINMAX_QUERY)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    previous = code;
 | 
						|
    if (matched_char) okreturn = 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  previous_matched_char = matched_char;
 | 
						|
  matched_char = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  note_group_empty = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  skipunits = 0;         /* Default value for most subgroups */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch(meta)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* The branch terminates at pattern end or | or ) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_END:
 | 
						|
    case META_ALT:
 | 
						|
    case META_KET:
 | 
						|
    *firstcuptr = firstcu;
 | 
						|
    *firstcuflagsptr = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
    *reqcuptr = reqcu;
 | 
						|
    *reqcuflagsptr = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
    *codeptr = code;
 | 
						|
    *pptrptr = pptr;
 | 
						|
    return okreturn;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle single-character metacharacters. In multiline mode, ^ disables
 | 
						|
    the setting of any following char as a first character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CIRCUMFLEX:
 | 
						|
    if ((options & PCRE2_MULTILINE) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET)
 | 
						|
        zerofirstcuflags = firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      *code++ = OP_CIRCM;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else *code++ = OP_CIRC;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_DOLLAR:
 | 
						|
    *code++ = ((options & PCRE2_MULTILINE) != 0)? OP_DOLLM : OP_DOLL;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* There can never be a first char if '.' is first, whatever happens about
 | 
						|
    repeats. The value of reqcu doesn't change either. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_DOT:
 | 
						|
    matched_char = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqcu = reqcu;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqcuflags = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = ((options & PCRE2_DOTALL) != 0)? OP_ALLANY: OP_ANY;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Empty character classes are allowed if PCRE2_ALLOW_EMPTY_CLASS is set.
 | 
						|
    Otherwise, an initial ']' is taken as a data character. When empty classes
 | 
						|
    are allowed, [] must always fail, so generate OP_FAIL, whereas [^] must
 | 
						|
    match any character, so generate OP_ALLANY. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_EMPTY:
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_EMPTY_NOT:
 | 
						|
    matched_char = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = (meta == META_CLASS_EMPTY_NOT)? OP_ALLANY : OP_FAIL;
 | 
						|
    if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Non-empty character class. If the included characters are all < 256, we
 | 
						|
    build a 32-byte bitmap of the permitted characters, except in the special
 | 
						|
    case where there is only one such character. For negated classes, we build
 | 
						|
    the map as usual, then invert it at the end. However, we use a different
 | 
						|
    opcode so that data characters > 255 can be handled correctly.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If the class contains characters outside the 0-255 range, a different
 | 
						|
    opcode is compiled. It may optionally have a bit map for characters < 256,
 | 
						|
    but those above are are explicitly listed afterwards. A flag code unit
 | 
						|
    tells whether the bitmap is present, and whether this is a negated class or
 | 
						|
    not. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_NOT:
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS:
 | 
						|
    matched_char = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    negate_class = meta == META_CLASS_NOT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We can optimize the case of a single character in a class by generating
 | 
						|
    OP_CHAR or OP_CHARI if it's positive, or OP_NOT or OP_NOTI if it's
 | 
						|
    negative. In the negative case there can be no first char if this item is
 | 
						|
    first, whatever repeat count may follow. In the case of reqcu, save the
 | 
						|
    previous value for reinstating. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* NOTE: at present this optimization is not effective if the only
 | 
						|
    character in a class in 32-bit, non-UCP mode has its top bit set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (pptr[1] < META_END && pptr[2] == META_CLASS_END)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
      uint32_t d;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      uint32_t c = pptr[1];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      pptr += 2;                 /* Move on to class end */
 | 
						|
      if (meta == META_CLASS)    /* A positive one-char class can be */
 | 
						|
        {                        /* handled as a normal literal character. */
 | 
						|
        meta = c;                /* Set up the character */
 | 
						|
        goto NORMAL_CHAR_SET;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle a negative one-character class */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      zeroreqcu = reqcu;
 | 
						|
      zeroreqcuflags = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
      if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      zerofirstcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
      zerofirstcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* For caseless UTF mode, check whether this character has more than
 | 
						|
      one other case. If so, generate a special OP_NOTPROP item instead of
 | 
						|
      OP_NOTI. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
      if (utf && (options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0 &&
 | 
						|
          (d = UCD_CASESET(c)) != 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_NOTPROP;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = PT_CLIST;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = d;
 | 
						|
        break;   /* We are finished with this class */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      /* Char has only one other case, or UCP not available */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      *code++ = ((options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_NOTI: OP_NOT;
 | 
						|
      code += PUTCHAR(c, code);
 | 
						|
      break;   /* We are finished with this class */
 | 
						|
      }        /* End of 1-char optimization */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle character classes that contain more than just one literal
 | 
						|
    character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If a non-extended class contains a negative special such as \S, we need
 | 
						|
    to flip the negation flag at the end, so that support for characters > 255
 | 
						|
    works correctly (they are all included in the class). An extended class may
 | 
						|
    need to insert specific matching or non-matching code for wide characters.
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    should_flip_negation = match_all_or_no_wide_chars = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Extended class (xclass) will be used when characters > 255
 | 
						|
    might match. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
    xclass = FALSE;
 | 
						|
    class_uchardata = code + LINK_SIZE + 2;   /* For XCLASS items */
 | 
						|
    class_uchardata_base = class_uchardata;   /* Save the start */
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* For optimization purposes, we track some properties of the class:
 | 
						|
    class_has_8bitchar will be non-zero if the class contains at least one
 | 
						|
    character with a code point less than 256; xclass_has_prop will be TRUE if
 | 
						|
    Unicode property checks are present in the class. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    class_has_8bitchar = 0;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
    xclass_has_prop = FALSE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Initialize the 256-bit (32-byte) bit map to all zeros. We build the map
 | 
						|
    in a temporary bit of memory, in case the class contains fewer than two
 | 
						|
    8-bit characters because in that case the compiled code doesn't use the bit
 | 
						|
    map. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    memset(classbits, 0, 32 * sizeof(uint8_t));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Process items until META_CLASS_END is reached. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    while ((meta = *(++pptr)) != META_CLASS_END)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      /* Handle POSIX classes such as [:alpha:] etc. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (meta == META_POSIX || meta == META_POSIX_NEG)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        BOOL local_negate = (meta == META_POSIX_NEG);
 | 
						|
        int posix_class = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
        int taboffset, tabopt;
 | 
						|
        uint8_t pbits[32];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        should_flip_negation = local_negate;  /* Note negative special */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If matching is caseless, upper and lower are converted to alpha.
 | 
						|
        This relies on the fact that the class table starts with alpha,
 | 
						|
        lower, upper as the first 3 entries. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0 && posix_class <= 2)
 | 
						|
          posix_class = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* When PCRE2_UCP is set, some of the POSIX classes are converted to
 | 
						|
        different escape sequences that use Unicode properties \p or \P.
 | 
						|
        Others that are not available via \p or \P have to generate
 | 
						|
        XCL_PROP/XCL_NOTPROP directly, which is done here. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
        if ((options & PCRE2_UCP) != 0) switch(posix_class)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          case PC_GRAPH:
 | 
						|
          case PC_PRINT:
 | 
						|
          case PC_PUNCT:
 | 
						|
          *class_uchardata++ = local_negate? XCL_NOTPROP : XCL_PROP;
 | 
						|
          *class_uchardata++ = (PCRE2_UCHAR)
 | 
						|
            ((posix_class == PC_GRAPH)? PT_PXGRAPH :
 | 
						|
             (posix_class == PC_PRINT)? PT_PXPRINT : PT_PXPUNCT);
 | 
						|
          *class_uchardata++ = 0;
 | 
						|
          xclass_has_prop = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          goto CONTINUE_CLASS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* For the other POSIX classes (ascii, xdigit) we are going to
 | 
						|
          fall through to the non-UCP case and build a bit map for
 | 
						|
          characters with code points less than 256. However, if we are in
 | 
						|
          a negated POSIX class, characters with code points greater than
 | 
						|
          255 must either all match or all not match, depending on whether
 | 
						|
          the whole class is not or is negated. For example, for
 | 
						|
          [[:^ascii:]... they must all match, whereas for [^[:^xdigit:]...
 | 
						|
          they must not.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          In the special case where there are no xclass items, this is
 | 
						|
          automatically handled by the use of OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, but an
 | 
						|
          explicit range is needed for OP_XCLASS. Setting a flag here
 | 
						|
          causes the range to be generated later when it is known that
 | 
						|
          OP_XCLASS is required. In the 8-bit library this is relevant only in
 | 
						|
          utf mode, since no wide characters can exist otherwise. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          default:
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 8
 | 
						|
          if (utf)
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          match_all_or_no_wide_chars |= local_negate;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_UNICODE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* In the non-UCP case, or when UCP makes no difference, we build the
 | 
						|
        bit map for the POSIX class in a chunk of local store because we may
 | 
						|
        be adding and subtracting from it, and we don't want to subtract bits
 | 
						|
        that may be in the main map already. At the end we or the result into
 | 
						|
        the bit map that is being built. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        posix_class *= 3;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Copy in the first table (always present) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        memcpy(pbits, cbits + posix_class_maps[posix_class],
 | 
						|
          32 * sizeof(uint8_t));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If there is a second table, add or remove it as required. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        taboffset = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 1];
 | 
						|
        tabopt = posix_class_maps[posix_class + 2];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (taboffset >= 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (tabopt >= 0)
 | 
						|
            for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) pbits[i] |= cbits[(int)i + taboffset];
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) pbits[i] &= ~cbits[(int)i + taboffset];
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Now see if we need to remove any special characters. An option
 | 
						|
        value of 1 removes vertical space and 2 removes underscore. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (tabopt < 0) tabopt = -tabopt;
 | 
						|
        if (tabopt == 1) pbits[1] &= ~0x3c;
 | 
						|
          else if (tabopt == 2) pbits[11] &= 0x7f;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Add the POSIX table or its complement into the main table that is
 | 
						|
        being built and we are done. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (local_negate)
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] |= ~pbits[i];
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] |= pbits[i];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        class_has_8bitchar = 1;
 | 
						|
        goto CONTINUE_CLASS;    /* End of POSIX handling */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Other than POSIX classes, the only items we should encounter are
 | 
						|
      \d-type escapes and literal characters (possibly as ranges). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (meta == META_BIGVALUE)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        meta = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
        goto CLASS_LITERAL;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Any other non-literal must be an escape */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (meta >= META_END)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (META_CODE(meta) != META_ESCAPE)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG_SHOW_PARSED
 | 
						|
          fprintf(stderr, "** Unrecognized parsed pattern item 0x%.8x "
 | 
						|
                          "in character class\n", meta);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR89;  /* Internal error - unrecognized. */
 | 
						|
          return 0;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        escape = META_DATA(meta);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Every class contains at least one < 256 character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        class_has_8bitchar++;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        switch(escape)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          case ESC_d:
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] |= cbits[i+cbit_digit];
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_D:
 | 
						|
          should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] |= ~cbits[i+cbit_digit];
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_w:
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] |= cbits[i+cbit_word];
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_W:
 | 
						|
          should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] |= ~cbits[i+cbit_word];
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Perl 5.004 onwards omitted VT from \s, but restored it at Perl
 | 
						|
          5.18. Before PCRE 8.34, we had to preserve the VT bit if it was
 | 
						|
          previously set by something earlier in the character class.
 | 
						|
          Luckily, the value of CHAR_VT is 0x0b in both ASCII and EBCDIC, so
 | 
						|
          we could just adjust the appropriate bit. From PCRE 8.34 we no
 | 
						|
          longer treat \s and \S specially. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_s:
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] |= cbits[i+cbit_space];
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_S:
 | 
						|
          should_flip_negation = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] |= ~cbits[i+cbit_space];
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* When adding the horizontal or vertical space lists to a class, or
 | 
						|
          their complements, disable PCRE2_CASELESS, because it justs wastes
 | 
						|
          time, and in the "not-x" UTF cases can create unwanted duplicates in
 | 
						|
          the XCLASS list (provoked by characters that have more than one other
 | 
						|
          case and by both cases being in the same "not-x" sublist). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_h:
 | 
						|
          (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata,
 | 
						|
            options & ~PCRE2_CASELESS, cb, PRIV(hspace_list), NOTACHAR);
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_H:
 | 
						|
          (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata,
 | 
						|
            options & ~PCRE2_CASELESS, cb, PRIV(hspace_list));
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_v:
 | 
						|
          (void)add_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata,
 | 
						|
            options & ~PCRE2_CASELESS, cb, PRIV(vspace_list), NOTACHAR);
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_V:
 | 
						|
          (void)add_not_list_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata,
 | 
						|
            options & ~PCRE2_CASELESS, cb, PRIV(vspace_list));
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          case ESC_p:
 | 
						|
          case ESC_P:
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            uint32_t ptype = *(++pptr) >> 16;
 | 
						|
            uint32_t pdata = *pptr & 0xffff;
 | 
						|
            *class_uchardata++ = (escape == ESC_p)? XCL_PROP : XCL_NOTPROP;
 | 
						|
            *class_uchardata++ = ptype;
 | 
						|
            *class_uchardata++ = pdata;
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
            xclass_has_prop = TRUE;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
            class_has_8bitchar--;                /* Undo! */
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        goto CONTINUE_CLASS;
 | 
						|
        }  /* End handling \d-type escapes */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A literal character may be followed by a range meta. At parse time
 | 
						|
      there are checks for out-of-order characters, for ranges where the two
 | 
						|
      characters are equal, and for hyphens that cannot indicate a range. At
 | 
						|
      this point, therefore, no checking is needed. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        uint32_t c, d;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        CLASS_LITERAL:
 | 
						|
        c = d = meta;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Remember if \r or \n were explicitly used */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (c == CHAR_CR || c == CHAR_NL) cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_HASCRORLF;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Process a character range */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (pptr[1] == META_RANGE_LITERAL || pptr[1] == META_RANGE_ESCAPED)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
#ifdef EBCDIC
 | 
						|
          BOOL range_is_literal = (pptr[1] == META_RANGE_LITERAL);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          pptr += 2;
 | 
						|
          d = *pptr;
 | 
						|
          if (d == META_BIGVALUE) d = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Remember an explicit \r or \n, and add the range to the class. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (d == CHAR_CR || d == CHAR_NL) cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_HASCRORLF;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* In an EBCDIC environment, Perl treats alphabetic ranges specially
 | 
						|
          because there are holes in the encoding, and simply using the range
 | 
						|
          A-Z (for example) would include the characters in the holes. This
 | 
						|
          applies only to literal ranges; [\xC1-\xE9] is different to [A-Z]. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef EBCDIC
 | 
						|
          if (range_is_literal &&
 | 
						|
               (cb->ctypes[c] & ctype_letter) != 0 &&
 | 
						|
               (cb->ctypes[d] & ctype_letter) != 0 &&
 | 
						|
               (d <= CHAR_z) == (d <= CHAR_z))
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            uint32_t uc = (d <= CHAR_z)? 0 : 64;
 | 
						|
            uint32_t C = d - uc;
 | 
						|
            uint32_t D = d - uc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (C <= CHAR_i)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              class_has_8bitchar +=
 | 
						|
                add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cb, C + uc,
 | 
						|
                  ((D < CHAR_i)? D : CHAR_i) + uc);
 | 
						|
              C = CHAR_j;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (C <= D && C <= CHAR_r)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              class_has_8bitchar +=
 | 
						|
                add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cb, C + uc,
 | 
						|
                  ((D < CHAR_r)? D : CHAR_r) + uc);
 | 
						|
              C = CHAR_s;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (C <= D)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              class_has_8bitchar +=
 | 
						|
                add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cb, C + uc,
 | 
						|
                  D + uc);
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          /* Not an EBCDIC special range */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          class_has_8bitchar +=
 | 
						|
            add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cb, c, d);
 | 
						|
          goto CONTINUE_CLASS;   /* Go get the next char in the class */
 | 
						|
          }  /* End of range handling */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Handle a single character. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        class_has_8bitchar +=
 | 
						|
          add_to_class(classbits, &class_uchardata, options, cb, meta, meta);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Continue to the next item in the class. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      CONTINUE_CLASS:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
      /* If any wide characters or Unicode properties have been encountered,
 | 
						|
      set xclass = TRUE. Then, in the pre-compile phase, accumulate the length
 | 
						|
      of the extra data and reset the pointer. This is so that very large
 | 
						|
      classes that contain a zillion wide characters or Unicode property tests
 | 
						|
      do not overwrite the work space (which is on the stack). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (class_uchardata > class_uchardata_base)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        xclass = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *lengthptr += class_uchardata - class_uchardata_base;
 | 
						|
          class_uchardata = class_uchardata_base;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      continue;  /* Needed to avoid error when not supporting wide chars */
 | 
						|
      }   /* End of main class-processing loop */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If this class is the first thing in the branch, there can be no first
 | 
						|
    char setting, whatever the repeat count. Any reqcu setting must remain
 | 
						|
    unchanged after any kind of repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqcu = reqcu;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqcuflags = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If there are characters with values > 255, or Unicode property settings
 | 
						|
    (\p or \P), we have to compile an extended class, with its own opcode,
 | 
						|
    unless there were no property settings and there was a negated special such
 | 
						|
    as \S in the class, and PCRE2_UCP is not set, because in that case all
 | 
						|
    characters > 255 are in or not in the class, so any that were explicitly
 | 
						|
    given as well can be ignored.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    In the UCP case, if certain negated POSIX classes ([:^ascii:] or
 | 
						|
    [^:xdigit:]) were present in a class, we either have to match or not match
 | 
						|
    all wide characters (depending on whether the whole class is or is not
 | 
						|
    negated). This requirement is indicated by match_all_or_no_wide_chars being
 | 
						|
    true. We do this by including an explicit range, which works in both cases.
 | 
						|
    This applies only in UTF and 16-bit and 32-bit non-UTF modes, since there
 | 
						|
    cannot be any wide characters in 8-bit non-UTF mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    When there *are* properties in a positive UTF-8 or any 16-bit or 32_bit
 | 
						|
    class where \S etc is present without PCRE2_UCP, causing an extended class
 | 
						|
    to be compiled, we make sure that all characters > 255 are included by
 | 
						|
    forcing match_all_or_no_wide_chars to be true.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If, when generating an xclass, there are no characters < 256, we can omit
 | 
						|
    the bitmap in the actual compiled code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS  /* Defined for 16/32 bits, or 8-bit with Unicode */
 | 
						|
    if (xclass && (
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
        (options & PCRE2_UCP) != 0 ||
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        xclass_has_prop || !should_flip_negation))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (match_all_or_no_wide_chars || (
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 8
 | 
						|
           utf &&
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
           should_flip_negation && !negate_class && (options & PCRE2_UCP) == 0))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *class_uchardata++ = XCL_RANGE;
 | 
						|
        if (utf)   /* Will always be utf in the 8-bit library */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(0x100, class_uchardata);
 | 
						|
          class_uchardata += PRIV(ord2utf)(MAX_UTF_CODE_POINT, class_uchardata);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else       /* Can only happen for the 16-bit & 32-bit libraries */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 16
 | 
						|
          *class_uchardata++ = 0x100;
 | 
						|
          *class_uchardata++ = 0xffffu;
 | 
						|
#elif PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 32
 | 
						|
          *class_uchardata++ = 0x100;
 | 
						|
          *class_uchardata++ = 0xffffffffu;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *class_uchardata++ = XCL_END;    /* Marks the end of extra data */
 | 
						|
      *code++ = OP_XCLASS;
 | 
						|
      code += LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
      *code = negate_class? XCL_NOT:0;
 | 
						|
      if (xclass_has_prop) *code |= XCL_HASPROP;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the map is required, move up the extra data to make room for it;
 | 
						|
      otherwise just move the code pointer to the end of the extra data. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (class_has_8bitchar > 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ |= XCL_MAP;
 | 
						|
        memmove(code + (32 / sizeof(PCRE2_UCHAR)), code,
 | 
						|
          CU2BYTES(class_uchardata - code));
 | 
						|
        if (negate_class && !xclass_has_prop)
 | 
						|
          for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] = ~classbits[i];
 | 
						|
        memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
 | 
						|
        code = class_uchardata + (32 / sizeof(PCRE2_UCHAR));
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else code = class_uchardata;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Now fill in the complete length of the item */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      PUT(previous, 1, (int)(code - previous));
 | 
						|
      break;   /* End of class handling */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif  /* SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If there are no characters > 255, or they are all to be included or
 | 
						|
    excluded, set the opcode to OP_CLASS or OP_NCLASS, depending on whether the
 | 
						|
    whole class was negated and whether there were negative specials such as \S
 | 
						|
    (non-UCP) in the class. Then copy the 32-byte map into the code vector,
 | 
						|
    negating it if necessary. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *code++ = (negate_class == should_flip_negation) ? OP_CLASS : OP_NCLASS;
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr == NULL)    /* Save time in the pre-compile phase */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (negate_class)
 | 
						|
        for (i = 0; i < 32; i++) classbits[i] = ~classbits[i];
 | 
						|
      memcpy(code, classbits, 32);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    code += 32 / sizeof(PCRE2_UCHAR);
 | 
						|
    break;  /* End of class processing */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Deal with (*VERB)s. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Check for open captures before ACCEPT and convert it to ASSERT_ACCEPT if
 | 
						|
    in an assertion. In the first pass, just accumulate the length required;
 | 
						|
    otherwise hitting (*ACCEPT) inside many nested parentheses can cause
 | 
						|
    workspace overflow. Do not set firstcu after *ACCEPT. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ACCEPT:
 | 
						|
    cb->had_accept = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    for (oc = cb->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *lengthptr += CU2BYTES(1) + IMM2_SIZE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CLOSE;
 | 
						|
        PUT2INC(code, 0, oc->number);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    *code++ = (cb->assert_depth > 0)? OP_ASSERT_ACCEPT : OP_ACCEPT;
 | 
						|
    if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE:
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP:
 | 
						|
    cb->had_pruneorskip = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
    case META_COMMIT:
 | 
						|
    case META_FAIL:
 | 
						|
    *code++ = verbops[(meta - META_MARK) >> 16];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN:
 | 
						|
    cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_HASTHEN;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = OP_THEN;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle verbs with arguments. Arguments can be very long, especially in
 | 
						|
    16- and 32-bit modes, and can overflow the workspace in the first pass.
 | 
						|
    However, the argument length is constrained to be small enough to fit in
 | 
						|
    one code unit. This check happens in parse_regex(). In the first pass,
 | 
						|
    instead of putting the argument into memory, we just update the length
 | 
						|
    counter and set up an empty argument. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN_ARG:
 | 
						|
    cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_HASTHEN;
 | 
						|
    goto VERB_ARG;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE_ARG:
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP_ARG:
 | 
						|
    cb->had_pruneorskip = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
    case META_MARK:
 | 
						|
    VERB_ARG:
 | 
						|
    *code++ = verbops[(meta - META_MARK) >> 16];
 | 
						|
    /* The length is in characters. */
 | 
						|
    verbarglen = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
    verbculen = 0;
 | 
						|
    tempcode = code++;
 | 
						|
    for (i = 0; i < (int)verbarglen; i++)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      meta = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
      if (utf) mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(meta, mcbuffer); else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        mclength = 1;
 | 
						|
        mcbuffer[0] = meta;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      if (lengthptr != NULL) *lengthptr += mclength; else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        memcpy(code, mcbuffer, CU2BYTES(mclength));
 | 
						|
        code += mclength;
 | 
						|
        verbculen += mclength;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *tempcode = verbculen;   /* Fill in the code unit length */
 | 
						|
    *code++ = 0;             /* Terminating zero */
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle options change. The new setting must be passed back for use in
 | 
						|
    subsequent branches. Reset the greedy defaults and the case value for
 | 
						|
    firstcu and reqcu. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_OPTIONS:
 | 
						|
    *optionsptr = options = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
    greedy_default = ((options & PCRE2_UNGREEDY) != 0);
 | 
						|
    greedy_non_default = greedy_default ^ 1;
 | 
						|
    req_caseopt = ((options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0)? REQ_CASELESS : 0;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle conditional subpatterns. The case of (?(Rdigits) is ambiguous
 | 
						|
    because it could be a numerical check on recursion, or a name check on a
 | 
						|
    group's being set. The pre-pass sets up META_COND_RNUMBER as a name so that
 | 
						|
    we can handle it either way. We first try for a name; if not found, process
 | 
						|
    the number. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNUMBER:   /* (?(Rdigits) */
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NAME:      /* (?(name) or (?'name') or ?(<name>) */
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNAME:     /* (?(R&name) - test for recursion */
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_COND;
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int count, index;
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_SPTR name;
 | 
						|
      named_group *ng = cb->named_groups;
 | 
						|
      uint32_t length = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
      name = cb->start_pattern + offset;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* In the first pass, the names generated in the pre-pass are available,
 | 
						|
      but the main name table has not yet been created. Scan the list of names
 | 
						|
      generated in the pre-pass in order to get a number and whether or not
 | 
						|
      this name is duplicated. If it is not duplicated, we can handle it as a
 | 
						|
      numerical group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0; i < cb->names_found; i++, ng++)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (length == ng->length &&
 | 
						|
            PRIV(strncmp)(name, ng->name, length) == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (!ng->isdup)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            code[1+LINK_SIZE] = (meta == META_COND_RNAME)? OP_RREF : OP_CREF;
 | 
						|
            PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, ng->number);
 | 
						|
            if (ng->number > cb->top_backref) cb->top_backref = ng->number;
 | 
						|
            skipunits = 1+IMM2_SIZE;
 | 
						|
            goto GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          break;  /* Found a duplicated name */
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the name was not found we have a bad reference, unless we are
 | 
						|
      dealing with R<digits>, which is treated as a recursion test by number.
 | 
						|
      */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (i >= cb->names_found)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        groupnumber = 0;
 | 
						|
        if (meta == META_COND_RNUMBER)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          for (i = 1; i < (int)length; i++)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            groupnumber = groupnumber * 10 + name[i] - CHAR_0;
 | 
						|
            if (groupnumber > MAX_GROUP_NUMBER)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR61;
 | 
						|
              cb->erroroffset = offset + i;
 | 
						|
              return 0;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (meta != META_COND_RNUMBER || groupnumber > cb->bracount)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
          cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
          return 0;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* (?Rdigits) treated as a recursion reference by number. A value of
 | 
						|
        zero (which is the result of both (?R) and (?R0)) means "any", and is
 | 
						|
        translated into RREF_ANY (which is 0xffff). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (groupnumber == 0) groupnumber = RREF_ANY;
 | 
						|
        code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_RREF;
 | 
						|
        PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, groupnumber);
 | 
						|
        skipunits = 1+IMM2_SIZE;
 | 
						|
        goto GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A duplicated name was found. Note that if an R<digits> name is found
 | 
						|
      (META_COND_RNUMBER), it is a reference test, not a recursion test. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      code[1+LINK_SIZE] = (meta == META_COND_RNAME)? OP_RREF : OP_CREF;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* We have a duplicated name. In the compile pass we have to search the
 | 
						|
      main table in order to get the index and count values. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      count = 0;  /* Values for first pass (avoids compiler warning) */
 | 
						|
      index = 0;
 | 
						|
      if (lengthptr == NULL && !find_dupname_details(name, length, &index,
 | 
						|
            &count, errorcodeptr, cb)) return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Add one to the opcode to change CREF/RREF into DNCREF/DNRREF and
 | 
						|
      insert appropriate data values. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      code[1+LINK_SIZE]++;
 | 
						|
      skipunits = 1+2*IMM2_SIZE;
 | 
						|
      PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, index);
 | 
						|
      PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE+IMM2_SIZE, count);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The DEFINE condition is always false. It's internal groups may never
 | 
						|
    be called, so matched_char must remain false, hence the jump to
 | 
						|
    GROUP_PROCESS rather than GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_DEFINE:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_COND;
 | 
						|
    GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_DEFINE;
 | 
						|
    skipunits = 1;
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Conditional test of a group's being set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_COND;
 | 
						|
    GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    groupnumber = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
    if (groupnumber > cb->bracount)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
      cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    if (groupnumber > cb->top_backref) cb->top_backref = groupnumber;
 | 
						|
    offset -= 2;   /* Point at initial ( for too many branches error */
 | 
						|
    code[1+LINK_SIZE] = OP_CREF;
 | 
						|
    skipunits = 1+IMM2_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    PUT2(code, 2+LINK_SIZE, groupnumber);
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Test for the PCRE2 version. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_VERSION:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_COND;
 | 
						|
    if (pptr[1] > 0)
 | 
						|
      code[1+LINK_SIZE] = ((PCRE2_MAJOR > pptr[2]) ||
 | 
						|
        (PCRE2_MAJOR == pptr[2] && PCRE2_MINOR >= pptr[3]))?
 | 
						|
          OP_TRUE : OP_FALSE;
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      code[1+LINK_SIZE] = (PCRE2_MAJOR == pptr[2] && PCRE2_MINOR == pptr[3])?
 | 
						|
        OP_TRUE : OP_FALSE;
 | 
						|
    skipunits = 1;
 | 
						|
    pptr += 3;
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The condition is an assertion, possibly preceded by a callout. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_ASSERT:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_COND;
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle all kinds of nested bracketed groups. The non-capturing,
 | 
						|
    non-conditional cases are here; others come to GROUP_PROCESS via goto. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEAD:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_ASSERT;
 | 
						|
    cb->assert_depth += 1;
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Optimize (?!) to (*FAIL) unless it is quantified - which is a weird
 | 
						|
    thing to do, but Perl allows all assertions to be quantified, and when
 | 
						|
    they contain capturing parentheses there may be a potential use for
 | 
						|
    this feature. Not that that applies to a quantified (?!) but we allow
 | 
						|
    it for uniformity. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEADNOT:
 | 
						|
    if (pptr[1] == META_KET &&
 | 
						|
         (pptr[2] < META_ASTERISK || pptr[2] > META_MINMAX_QUERY))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *code++ = OP_FAIL;
 | 
						|
      pptr++;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      bravalue = OP_ASSERT_NOT;
 | 
						|
      cb->assert_depth += 1;
 | 
						|
      goto GROUP_PROCESS;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHIND:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK;
 | 
						|
    cb->assert_depth += 1;
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHINDNOT:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
 | 
						|
    cb->assert_depth += 1;
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ATOMIC:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_ONCE;
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_NOCAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Process nested bracketed regex. The nesting depth is maintained for the
 | 
						|
    benefit of the stackguard function. The test for too deep nesting is now
 | 
						|
    done in parse_regex(). Assertion and DEFINE groups come to GROUP_PROCESS;
 | 
						|
    others come to GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY, to indicate that we need to take
 | 
						|
    note of whether or not they may match an empty string. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY:
 | 
						|
    note_group_empty = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    GROUP_PROCESS:
 | 
						|
    cb->parens_depth += 1;
 | 
						|
    *code = bravalue;
 | 
						|
    pptr++;
 | 
						|
    tempcode = code;
 | 
						|
    tempreqvary = cb->req_varyopt;        /* Save value before group */
 | 
						|
    templastcapture = cb->lastcapture;    /* Save value before group */
 | 
						|
    length_prevgroup = 0;                 /* Initialize for pre-compile phase */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((group_return =
 | 
						|
         compile_regex(
 | 
						|
         options,                         /* The option state */
 | 
						|
         &tempcode,                       /* Where to put code (updated) */
 | 
						|
         &pptr,                           /* Input pointer (updated) */
 | 
						|
         errorcodeptr,                    /* Where to put an error message */
 | 
						|
         skipunits,                       /* Skip over bracket number */
 | 
						|
         &subfirstcu,                     /* For possible first char */
 | 
						|
         &subfirstcuflags,
 | 
						|
         &subreqcu,                       /* For possible last char */
 | 
						|
         &subreqcuflags,
 | 
						|
         bcptr,                           /* Current branch chain */
 | 
						|
         cb,                              /* Compile data block */
 | 
						|
         (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL :      /* Actual compile phase */
 | 
						|
           &length_prevgroup              /* Pre-compile phase */
 | 
						|
         )) == 0)
 | 
						|
      return 0;  /* Error */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    cb->parens_depth -= 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If that was a non-conditional significant group (not an assertion, not a
 | 
						|
    DEFINE) that matches at least one character, then the current item matches
 | 
						|
    a character. Conditionals are handled below. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (note_group_empty && bravalue != OP_COND && group_return > 0)
 | 
						|
      matched_char = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If that was an atomic group and there are no capturing groups within it,
 | 
						|
    generate OP_ONCE_NC instead of OP_ONCE. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bravalue == OP_ONCE && cb->lastcapture <= templastcapture)
 | 
						|
      *code = OP_ONCE_NC;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If we've just compiled an assertion, pop the assert depth. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bravalue >= OP_ASSERT && bravalue <= OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT)
 | 
						|
      cb->assert_depth -= 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* At the end of compiling, code is still pointing to the start of the
 | 
						|
    group, while tempcode has been updated to point past the end of the group.
 | 
						|
    The parsed pattern pointer (pptr) is on the closing META_KET.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    If this is a conditional bracket, check that there are no more than
 | 
						|
    two branches in the group, or just one if it's a DEFINE group. We do this
 | 
						|
    in the real compile phase, not in the pre-pass, where the whole group may
 | 
						|
    not be available. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bravalue == OP_COND && lengthptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_UCHAR *tc = code;
 | 
						|
      int condcount = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      do {
 | 
						|
         condcount++;
 | 
						|
         tc += GET(tc,1);
 | 
						|
         }
 | 
						|
      while (*tc != OP_KET);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A DEFINE group is never obeyed inline (the "condition" is always
 | 
						|
      false). It must have only one branch. Having checked this, change the
 | 
						|
      opcode to OP_FALSE. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (code[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_DEFINE)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (condcount > 1)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR54;
 | 
						|
          return 0;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        code[LINK_SIZE+1] = OP_FALSE;
 | 
						|
        bravalue = OP_DEFINE;   /* A flag to suppress char handling below */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A "normal" conditional group. If there is just one branch, we must not
 | 
						|
      make use of its firstcu or reqcu, because this is equivalent to an
 | 
						|
      empty second branch. Also, it may match an empty string. If there are two
 | 
						|
      branches, this item must match a character if the group must. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (condcount > 2)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
          *errorcodeptr = ERR27;
 | 
						|
          return 0;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (condcount == 1) subfirstcuflags = subreqcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
          else if (group_return > 0) matched_char = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In the pre-compile phase, update the length by the length of the group,
 | 
						|
    less the brackets at either end. Then reduce the compiled code to just a
 | 
						|
    set of non-capturing brackets so that it doesn't use much memory if it is
 | 
						|
    duplicated by a quantifier.*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *lengthptr += length_prevgroup - 2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
      code++;   /* This already contains bravalue */
 | 
						|
      PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
      *code++ = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
      PUTINC(code, 0, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
      break;    /* No need to waste time with special character handling */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Otherwise update the main code pointer to the end of the group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    code = tempcode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* For a DEFINE group, required and first character settings are not
 | 
						|
    relevant. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bravalue == OP_DEFINE) break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle updating of the required and first code units for other types of
 | 
						|
    group. Update for normal brackets of all kinds, and conditions with two
 | 
						|
    branches (see code above). If the bracket is followed by a quantifier with
 | 
						|
    zero repeat, we have to back off. Hence the definition of zeroreqcu and
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcu outside the main loop so that they can be accessed for the back
 | 
						|
    off. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    zeroreqcu = reqcu;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqcuflags = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
    groupsetfirstcu = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (bravalue >= OP_ONCE)  /* Not an assertion */
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      /* If we have not yet set a firstcu in this branch, take it from the
 | 
						|
      subpattern, remembering that it was set here so that a repeat of more
 | 
						|
      than one can replicate it as reqcu if necessary. If the subpattern has
 | 
						|
      no firstcu, set "none" for the whole branch. In both cases, a zero
 | 
						|
      repeat forces firstcu to "none". */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET && subfirstcuflags != REQ_UNSET)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (subfirstcuflags >= 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          firstcu = subfirstcu;
 | 
						|
          firstcuflags = subfirstcuflags;
 | 
						|
          groupsetfirstcu = TRUE;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        zerofirstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If firstcu was previously set, convert the subpattern's firstcu
 | 
						|
      into reqcu if there wasn't one, using the vary flag that was in
 | 
						|
      existence beforehand. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      else if (subfirstcuflags >= 0 && subreqcuflags < 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        subreqcu = subfirstcu;
 | 
						|
        subreqcuflags = subfirstcuflags | tempreqvary;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the subpattern set a required code unit (or set a first code unit
 | 
						|
      that isn't really the first code unit - see above), set it. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (subreqcuflags >= 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        reqcu = subreqcu;
 | 
						|
        reqcuflags = subreqcuflags;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* For a forward assertion, we take the reqcu, if set, provided that the
 | 
						|
    group has also set a firstcu. This can be helpful if the pattern that
 | 
						|
    follows the assertion doesn't set a different char. For example, it's
 | 
						|
    useful for /(?=abcde).+/. We can't set firstcu for an assertion, however
 | 
						|
    because it leads to incorrect effect for patterns such as /(?=a)a.+/ when
 | 
						|
    the "real" "a" would then become a reqcu instead of a firstcu. This is
 | 
						|
    overcome by a scan at the end if there's no firstcu, looking for an
 | 
						|
    asserted first char. A similar effect for patterns like /(?=.*X)X$/ means
 | 
						|
    we must only take the reqcu when the group also set a firstcu. Otherwise,
 | 
						|
    in that example, 'X' ends up set for both. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else if (bravalue == OP_ASSERT && subreqcuflags >= 0 &&
 | 
						|
             subfirstcuflags >= 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      reqcu = subreqcu;
 | 
						|
      reqcuflags = subreqcuflags;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    break;  /* End of nested group handling */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle named backreferences and recursions. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF_BYNAME:
 | 
						|
    case META_RECURSE_BYNAME:
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int count, index;
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_SPTR name;
 | 
						|
      BOOL is_dupname = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      named_group *ng = cb->named_groups;
 | 
						|
      uint32_t length = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
      name = cb->start_pattern + offset;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* In the first pass, the names generated in the pre-pass are available,
 | 
						|
      but the main name table has not yet been created. Scan the list of names
 | 
						|
      generated in the pre-pass in order to get a number and whether or not
 | 
						|
      this name is duplicated. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      groupnumber = 0;
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0; i < cb->names_found; i++, ng++)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (length == ng->length &&
 | 
						|
            PRIV(strncmp)(name, ng->name, length) == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          is_dupname = ng->isdup;
 | 
						|
          groupnumber = ng->number;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* For a recursion, that's all that is needed. We can now go to
 | 
						|
          the code above that handles numerical recursion, applying it to
 | 
						|
          the first group with the given name. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (meta == META_RECURSE_BYNAME)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            meta_arg = groupnumber;
 | 
						|
            goto HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* For a back reference, update the back reference map and the
 | 
						|
          maximum back reference. Then, for each group, we must check to
 | 
						|
          see if it is recursive, that is, it is inside the group that it
 | 
						|
          references. A flag is set so that the group can be made atomic.
 | 
						|
          */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          cb->backref_map |= (groupnumber < 32)? (1u << groupnumber) : 1;
 | 
						|
          if (groupnumber > cb->top_backref)
 | 
						|
            cb->top_backref = groupnumber;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          for (oc = cb->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (oc->number == groupnumber)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              oc->flag = TRUE;
 | 
						|
              break;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the name was not found we have a bad reference. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (groupnumber == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR15;
 | 
						|
        cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If a back reference name is not duplicated, we can handle it as
 | 
						|
      a numerical reference. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!is_dupname)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        meta_arg = groupnumber;
 | 
						|
        goto HANDLE_SINGLE_REFERENCE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If a back reference name is duplicated, we generate a different
 | 
						|
      opcode to a numerical back reference. In the second pass we must
 | 
						|
      search for the index and count in the final name table. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      count = 0;  /* Values for first pass (avoids compiler warning) */
 | 
						|
      index = 0;
 | 
						|
      if (lengthptr == NULL && !find_dupname_details(name, length, &index,
 | 
						|
            &count, errorcodeptr, cb)) return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      *code++ = ((options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_DNREFI : OP_DNREF;
 | 
						|
      PUT2INC(code, 0, index);
 | 
						|
      PUT2INC(code, 0, count);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle a numerical callout. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CALLOUT_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    code[0] = OP_CALLOUT;
 | 
						|
    PUT(code, 1, pptr[1]);               /* Offset to next pattern item */
 | 
						|
    PUT(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE, pptr[2]);   /* Length of next pattern item */
 | 
						|
    code[1 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = pptr[3];
 | 
						|
    pptr += 3;
 | 
						|
    code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle a callout with a string argument. In the pre-pass we just compute
 | 
						|
    the length without generating anything. The length in pptr[3] includes both
 | 
						|
    delimiters; in the actual compile only the first one is copied, but a
 | 
						|
    terminating zero is added. Any doubled delimiters within the string make
 | 
						|
    this an overestimate, but it is not worth bothering about. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CALLOUT_STRING:
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      *lengthptr += pptr[3] + (1 + 4*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
      pptr += 3;
 | 
						|
      SKIPOFFSET(pptr);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In the real compile we can copy the string. The starting delimiter is
 | 
						|
     included so that the client can discover it if they want. We also pass the
 | 
						|
     start offset to help a script language give better error messages. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_SPTR pp;
 | 
						|
      uint32_t delimiter;
 | 
						|
      uint32_t length = pptr[3];
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_UCHAR *callout_string = code + (1 + 4*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      code[0] = OP_CALLOUT_STR;
 | 
						|
      PUT(code, 1, pptr[1]);               /* Offset to next pattern item */
 | 
						|
      PUT(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE, pptr[2]);   /* Length of next pattern item */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      pptr += 3;
 | 
						|
      GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);         /* Offset to string in pattern */
 | 
						|
      pp = cb->start_pattern + offset;
 | 
						|
      delimiter = *callout_string++ = *pp++;
 | 
						|
      if (delimiter == CHAR_LEFT_CURLY_BRACKET)
 | 
						|
        delimiter = CHAR_RIGHT_CURLY_BRACKET;
 | 
						|
      PUT(code, 1 + 3*LINK_SIZE, (int)(offset + 1));  /* One after delimiter */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* The syntax of the pattern was checked in the parsing scan. The length
 | 
						|
      includes both delimiters, but we have passed the opening one just above,
 | 
						|
      so we reduce length before testing it. The test is for > 1 because we do
 | 
						|
      not want to copy the final delimiter. This also ensures that pp[1] is
 | 
						|
      accessible. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      while (--length > 1)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (*pp == delimiter && pp[1] == delimiter)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *callout_string++ = delimiter;
 | 
						|
          pp += 2;
 | 
						|
          length--;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else *callout_string++ = *pp++;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *callout_string++ = CHAR_NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Set the length of the entire item, the advance to its end. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      PUT(code, 1 + 2*LINK_SIZE, (int)(callout_string - code));
 | 
						|
      code = callout_string;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle repetition. The different types are all sorted out in the parsing
 | 
						|
    pass. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX:
 | 
						|
    repeat_min = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
    repeat_max = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
    goto REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK:
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    repeat_min = 0;
 | 
						|
    repeat_max = REPEAT_UNLIMITED;
 | 
						|
    goto REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    repeat_min = 1;
 | 
						|
    repeat_max = REPEAT_UNLIMITED;
 | 
						|
    goto REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    repeat_min = 0;
 | 
						|
    repeat_max = 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    REPEAT:
 | 
						|
    if (previous_matched_char && repeat_min > 0) matched_char = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Remember whether this is a variable length repeat, and default to
 | 
						|
    single-char opcodes. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    reqvary = (repeat_min == repeat_max)? 0 : REQ_VARY;
 | 
						|
    op_type = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If the repeat is {1} we can ignore it. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (repeat_max == 1 && repeat_min == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Adjust first and required code units for a zero repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (repeat_min == 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      firstcu = zerofirstcu;
 | 
						|
      firstcuflags = zerofirstcuflags;
 | 
						|
      reqcu = zeroreqcu;
 | 
						|
      reqcuflags = zeroreqcuflags;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Note the greediness and possessiveness. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (meta)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case META_MINMAX_PLUS:
 | 
						|
      case META_ASTERISK_PLUS:
 | 
						|
      case META_PLUS_PLUS:
 | 
						|
      case META_QUERY_PLUS:
 | 
						|
      repeat_type = 0;                  /* Force greedy */
 | 
						|
      possessive_quantifier = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case META_MINMAX_QUERY:
 | 
						|
      case META_ASTERISK_QUERY:
 | 
						|
      case META_PLUS_QUERY:
 | 
						|
      case META_QUERY_QUERY:
 | 
						|
      repeat_type = greedy_non_default;
 | 
						|
      possessive_quantifier = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      repeat_type = greedy_default;
 | 
						|
      possessive_quantifier = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Save start of previous item, in case we have to move it up in order to
 | 
						|
    insert something before it, and remember what it was. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    tempcode = previous;
 | 
						|
    op_previous = *previous;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If previous was a recursion call, wrap it in atomic brackets so that
 | 
						|
    previous becomes the atomic group. All recursions were so wrapped in the
 | 
						|
    past, but it no longer happens for non-repeated recursions. In fact, the
 | 
						|
    repeated ones could be re-implemented independently so as not to need this,
 | 
						|
    but for the moment we rely on the code for repeating groups. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (op_previous == OP_RECURSE)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      memmove(previous + 1 + LINK_SIZE, previous, CU2BYTES(1 + LINK_SIZE));
 | 
						|
      op_previous = *previous = OP_ONCE;
 | 
						|
      PUT(previous, 1, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
      previous[2 + 2*LINK_SIZE] = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
      PUT(previous, 3 + 2*LINK_SIZE, 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
      code += 2 + 2 * LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
      length_prevgroup = 3 + 3*LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
      group_return = -1;  /* Set "may match empty string" */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Now handle repetition for the different types of item. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    switch (op_previous)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      /* If previous was a character or negated character match, abolish the
 | 
						|
      item and generate a repeat item instead. If a char item has a minimum of
 | 
						|
      more than one, ensure that it is set in reqcu - it might not be if a
 | 
						|
      sequence such as x{3} is the first thing in a branch because the x will
 | 
						|
      have gone into firstcu instead.  */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CHARI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTI:
 | 
						|
      op_type = chartypeoffset[op_previous - OP_CHAR];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Deal with UTF characters that take up more than one code unit. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef MAYBE_UTF_MULTI
 | 
						|
      if (utf && NOT_FIRSTCU(code[-1]))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        PCRE2_UCHAR *lastchar = code - 1;
 | 
						|
        BACKCHAR(lastchar);
 | 
						|
        mclength = (uint32_t)(code - lastchar);   /* Length of UTF character */
 | 
						|
        memcpy(mcbuffer, lastchar, CU2BYTES(mclength));  /* Save the char */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
#endif  /* MAYBE_UTF_MULTI */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Handle the case of a single code unit - either with no UTF support, or
 | 
						|
      with UTF disabled, or for a single-code-unit UTF character. */
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        mcbuffer[0] = code[-1];
 | 
						|
        mclength = 1;
 | 
						|
        if (op_previous <= OP_CHARI && repeat_min > 1)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          reqcu = mcbuffer[0];
 | 
						|
          reqcuflags = req_caseopt | cb->req_varyopt;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      goto OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT;  /* Code shared with single character types */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If previous was a character class or a back reference, we put the
 | 
						|
      repeat stuff after it, but just skip the item if the repeat was {0,0}. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
      case OP_XCLASS:
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      case OP_CLASS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NCLASS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_REF:
 | 
						|
      case OP_REFI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_DNREF:
 | 
						|
      case OP_DNREFI:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_max == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        code = previous;
 | 
						|
        goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CRSTAR + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
      else if (repeat_min == 1 && repeat_max == REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CRPLUS + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
      else if (repeat_min == 0 && repeat_max == 1)
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CRQUERY + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_CRRANGE + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
        PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max == REPEAT_UNLIMITED) repeat_max = 0;  /* 2-byte encoding for max */
 | 
						|
        PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If previous is OP_FAIL, it was generated by an empty class []
 | 
						|
      (PCRE2_ALLOW_EMPTY_CLASS is set). The other ways in which OP_FAIL can be
 | 
						|
      generated, that is by (*FAIL) or (?!), disallow a quantifier at parse
 | 
						|
      time. We can just ignore this repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_FAIL:
 | 
						|
      goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If previous was a bracket group, we may have to replicate it in
 | 
						|
      certain cases. Note that at this point we can encounter only the "basic"
 | 
						|
      bracket opcodes such as BRA and CBRA, as this is the place where they get
 | 
						|
      converted into the more special varieties such as BRAPOS and SBRA.
 | 
						|
      Originally, PCRE did not allow repetition of assertions, but now it does,
 | 
						|
      for Perl compatibility. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_ASSERT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_ASSERT_NOT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_ASSERTBACK:
 | 
						|
      case OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_ONCE:
 | 
						|
      case OP_ONCE_NC:
 | 
						|
      case OP_BRA:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CBRA:
 | 
						|
      case OP_COND:
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        int len = (int)(code - previous);
 | 
						|
        PCRE2_UCHAR *bralink = NULL;
 | 
						|
        PCRE2_UCHAR *brazeroptr = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Repeating a DEFINE group (or any group where the condition is always
 | 
						|
        FALSE and there is only one branch) is pointless, but Perl allows the
 | 
						|
        syntax, so we just ignore the repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (op_previous == OP_COND && previous[LINK_SIZE+1] == OP_FALSE &&
 | 
						|
            previous[GET(previous, 1)] != OP_ALT)
 | 
						|
          goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* There is no sense in actually repeating assertions. The only potential
 | 
						|
        use of repetition is in cases when the assertion is optional. Therefore,
 | 
						|
        if the minimum is greater than zero, just ignore the repeat. If the
 | 
						|
        maximum is not zero or one, set it to 1. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (op_previous < OP_ONCE)    /* Assertion */
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_min > 0) goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max > 1) repeat_max = 1;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* The case of a zero minimum is special because of the need to stick
 | 
						|
        OP_BRAZERO in front of it, and because the group appears once in the
 | 
						|
        data, whereas in other cases it appears the minimum number of times. For
 | 
						|
        this reason, it is simplest to treat this case separately, as otherwise
 | 
						|
        the code gets far too messy. There are several special subcases when the
 | 
						|
        minimum is zero. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_min == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          /* If the maximum is also zero, we used to just omit the group from
 | 
						|
          the output altogether, like this:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          ** if (repeat_max == 0)
 | 
						|
          **   {
 | 
						|
          **   code = previous;
 | 
						|
          **   goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
          **   }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          However, that fails when a group or a subgroup within it is
 | 
						|
          referenced as a subroutine from elsewhere in the pattern, so now we
 | 
						|
          stick in OP_SKIPZERO in front of it so that it is skipped on
 | 
						|
          execution. As we don't have a list of which groups are referenced, we
 | 
						|
          cannot do this selectively.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          If the maximum is 1 or unlimited, we just have to stick in the
 | 
						|
          BRAZERO and do no more at this point. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max <= 1 || repeat_max == REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            memmove(previous + 1, previous, CU2BYTES(len));
 | 
						|
            code++;
 | 
						|
            if (repeat_max == 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *previous++ = OP_SKIPZERO;
 | 
						|
              goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            brazeroptr = previous;    /* Save for possessive optimizing */
 | 
						|
            *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* If the maximum is greater than 1 and limited, we have to replicate
 | 
						|
          in a nested fashion, sticking OP_BRAZERO before each set of brackets.
 | 
						|
          The first one has to be handled carefully because it's the original
 | 
						|
          copy, which has to be moved up. The remainder can be handled by code
 | 
						|
          that is common with the non-zero minimum case below. We have to
 | 
						|
          adjust the value or repeat_max, since one less copy is required. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            int linkoffset;
 | 
						|
            memmove(previous + 2 + LINK_SIZE, previous, CU2BYTES(len));
 | 
						|
            code += 2 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
            *previous++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            *previous++ = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* We chain together the bracket link offset fields that have to be
 | 
						|
            filled in later when the ends of the brackets are reached. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            linkoffset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(previous - bralink);
 | 
						|
            bralink = previous;
 | 
						|
            PUTINC(previous, 0, linkoffset);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max != REPEAT_UNLIMITED) repeat_max--;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the minimum is greater than zero, replicate the group as many
 | 
						|
        times as necessary, and adjust the maximum to the number of subsequent
 | 
						|
        copies that we need. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_min > 1)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication.
 | 
						|
            We just adjust the length as if we had. Do some paranoid checks for
 | 
						|
            potential integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type is a 64-bit
 | 
						|
            integer type when available, otherwise double. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              PCRE2_SIZE delta = (repeat_min - 1)*length_prevgroup;
 | 
						|
              if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(repeat_min - 1)*
 | 
						|
                    (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)length_prevgroup >
 | 
						|
                      (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
 | 
						|
                  OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
                return 0;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              *lengthptr += delta;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* This is compiling for real. If there is a set first code unit
 | 
						|
            for the group, and we have not yet set a "required code unit", set
 | 
						|
            it. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              if (groupsetfirstcu && reqcuflags < 0)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                reqcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
                reqcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              for (i = 1; (uint32_t)i < repeat_min; i++)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                memcpy(code, previous, CU2BYTES(len));
 | 
						|
                code += len;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max != REPEAT_UNLIMITED) repeat_max -= repeat_min;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* This code is common to both the zero and non-zero minimum cases. If
 | 
						|
        the maximum is limited, it replicates the group in a nested fashion,
 | 
						|
        remembering the bracket starts on a stack. In the case of a zero
 | 
						|
        minimum, the first one was set up above. In all cases the repeat_max
 | 
						|
        now specifies the number of additional copies needed. Again, we must
 | 
						|
        remember to replicate entries on the forward reference list. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max != REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          /* In the pre-compile phase, we don't actually do the replication. We
 | 
						|
          just adjust the length as if we had. For each repetition we must add
 | 
						|
          1 to the length for BRAZERO and for all but the last repetition we
 | 
						|
          must add 2 + 2*LINKSIZE to allow for the nesting that occurs. Do some
 | 
						|
          paranoid checks to avoid integer overflow. The INT64_OR_DOUBLE type
 | 
						|
          is a 64-bit integer type when available, otherwise double. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (lengthptr != NULL && repeat_max > 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            PCRE2_SIZE delta = repeat_max*(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE) -
 | 
						|
                        2 - 2*LINK_SIZE;   /* Last one doesn't nest */
 | 
						|
            if ((INT64_OR_DOUBLE)repeat_max *
 | 
						|
                  (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)(length_prevgroup + 1 + 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE)
 | 
						|
                    > (INT64_OR_DOUBLE)INT_MAX ||
 | 
						|
                OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < delta)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
              return 0;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            *lengthptr += delta;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* This is compiling for real */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          else for (i = repeat_max - 1; i >= 0; i--)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *code++ = OP_BRAZERO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* All but the final copy start a new nesting, maintaining the
 | 
						|
            chain of brackets outstanding. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (i != 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              int linkoffset;
 | 
						|
              *code++ = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
              linkoffset = (bralink == NULL)? 0 : (int)(code - bralink);
 | 
						|
              bralink = code;
 | 
						|
              PUTINC(code, 0, linkoffset);
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            memcpy(code, previous, CU2BYTES(len));
 | 
						|
            code += len;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Now chain through the pending brackets, and fill in their length
 | 
						|
          fields (which are holding the chain links pro tem). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          while (bralink != NULL)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            int oldlinkoffset;
 | 
						|
            int linkoffset = (int)(code - bralink + 1);
 | 
						|
            PCRE2_UCHAR *bra = code - linkoffset;
 | 
						|
            oldlinkoffset = GET(bra, 1);
 | 
						|
            bralink = (oldlinkoffset == 0)? NULL : bralink - oldlinkoffset;
 | 
						|
            *code++ = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
            PUTINC(code, 0, linkoffset);
 | 
						|
            PUT(bra, 1, linkoffset);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the maximum is unlimited, set a repeater in the final copy. For
 | 
						|
        ONCE brackets, that's all we need to do. However, possessively repeated
 | 
						|
        ONCE brackets can be converted into non-capturing brackets, as the
 | 
						|
        behaviour of (?:xx)++ is the same as (?>xx)++ and this saves having to
 | 
						|
        deal with possessive ONCEs specially.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Otherwise, when we are doing the actual compile phase, check to see
 | 
						|
        whether this group is one that could match an empty string. If so,
 | 
						|
        convert the initial operator to the S form (e.g. OP_BRA -> OP_SBRA) so
 | 
						|
        that runtime checking can be done. [This check is also applied to ONCE
 | 
						|
        groups at runtime, but in a different way.]
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Then, if the quantifier was possessive and the bracket is not a
 | 
						|
        conditional, we convert the BRA code to the POS form, and the KET code to
 | 
						|
        KETRPOS. (It turns out to be convenient at runtime to detect this kind of
 | 
						|
        subpattern at both the start and at the end.) The use of special opcodes
 | 
						|
        makes it possible to reduce greatly the stack usage in pcre2_match(). If
 | 
						|
        the group is preceded by OP_BRAZERO, convert this to OP_BRAPOSZERO.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        Then, if the minimum number of matches is 1 or 0, cancel the possessive
 | 
						|
        flag so that the default action below, of wrapping everything inside
 | 
						|
        atomic brackets, does not happen. When the minimum is greater than 1,
 | 
						|
        there will be earlier copies of the group, and so we still have to wrap
 | 
						|
        the whole thing. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          PCRE2_UCHAR *ketcode = code - 1 - LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
          PCRE2_UCHAR *bracode = ketcode - GET(ketcode, 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Convert possessive ONCE brackets to non-capturing */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if ((*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC) &&
 | 
						|
              possessive_quantifier) *bracode = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* For non-possessive ONCE brackets, all we need to do is to
 | 
						|
          set the KET. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (*bracode == OP_ONCE || *bracode == OP_ONCE_NC)
 | 
						|
            *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Handle non-ONCE brackets and possessive ONCEs (which have been
 | 
						|
          converted to non-capturing above). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            /* In the compile phase, adjust the opcode if the group can match
 | 
						|
            an empty string. For a conditional group with only one branch, the
 | 
						|
            value of group_return will not show "could be empty", so we must
 | 
						|
            check that separately. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              if (group_return < 0) *bracode += OP_SBRA - OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
              if (*bracode == OP_COND && bracode[GET(bracode,1)] != OP_ALT)
 | 
						|
                *bracode = OP_SCOND;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* Handle possessive quantifiers. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (possessive_quantifier)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              /* For COND brackets, we wrap the whole thing in a possessively
 | 
						|
              repeated non-capturing bracket, because we have not invented POS
 | 
						|
              versions of the COND opcodes. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              if (*bracode == OP_COND || *bracode == OP_SCOND)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                int nlen = (int)(code - bracode);
 | 
						|
                memmove(bracode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, bracode, CU2BYTES(nlen));
 | 
						|
                code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
                nlen += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
                *bracode = (*bracode == OP_COND)? OP_BRAPOS : OP_SBRAPOS;
 | 
						|
                *code++ = OP_KETRPOS;
 | 
						|
                PUTINC(code, 0, nlen);
 | 
						|
                PUT(bracode, 1, nlen);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              /* For non-COND brackets, we modify the BRA code and use KETRPOS. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              else
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *bracode += 1;              /* Switch to xxxPOS opcodes */
 | 
						|
                *ketcode = OP_KETRPOS;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              /* If the minimum is zero, mark it as possessive, then unset the
 | 
						|
              possessive flag when the minimum is 0 or 1. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
              if (brazeroptr != NULL) *brazeroptr = OP_BRAPOSZERO;
 | 
						|
              if (repeat_min < 2) possessive_quantifier = FALSE;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* Non-possessive quantifier */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            else *ketcode = OP_KETRMAX + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If previous was a character type match (\d or similar), abolish it and
 | 
						|
      create a suitable repeat item. The code is shared with single-character
 | 
						|
      repeats by setting op_type to add a suitable offset into repeat_type.
 | 
						|
      Note the the Unicode property types will be present only when
 | 
						|
      SUPPORT_UNICODE is defined, but we don't wrap the little bits of code
 | 
						|
      here because it just makes it horribly messy. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      default:
 | 
						|
      if (op_previous >= OP_EODN)   /* Not a character type - internal error */
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR10;
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        int prop_type, prop_value;
 | 
						|
        PCRE2_UCHAR *oldcode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        op_type = OP_TYPESTAR - OP_STAR;      /* Use type opcodes */
 | 
						|
        mclength = 0;                         /* Not a character */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (op_previous == OP_PROP || op_previous == OP_NOTPROP)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          prop_type = previous[1];
 | 
						|
          prop_value = previous[2];
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          /* Come here from just above with a character in mcbuffer/mclength. */
 | 
						|
          OUTPUT_SINGLE_REPEAT:
 | 
						|
          prop_type = prop_value = -1;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* At this point, if prop_type == prop_value == -1 we either have a
 | 
						|
        character in mcbuffer when mclength is greater than zero, or we have
 | 
						|
        mclength zero, in which case there is a non-property character type in
 | 
						|
        op_previous. If prop_type/value are not negative, we have a property
 | 
						|
        character type in op_previous. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        oldcode = code;                   /* Save where we were */
 | 
						|
        code = previous;                  /* Usually overwrite previous item */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* If the maximum is zero then the minimum must also be zero; Perl allows
 | 
						|
        this case, so we do too - by simply omitting the item altogether. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_max == 0) goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Combine the op_type with the repeat_type */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        repeat_type += op_type;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* A minimum of zero is handled either as the special case * or ?, or as
 | 
						|
        an UPTO, with the maximum given. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (repeat_min == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max == REPEAT_UNLIMITED) *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            else if (repeat_max == 1) *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* A repeat minimum of 1 is optimized into some special cases. If the
 | 
						|
        maximum is unlimited, we use OP_PLUS. Otherwise, the original item is
 | 
						|
        left in place and, if the maximum is greater than 1, we use OP_UPTO with
 | 
						|
        one less than the maximum. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else if (repeat_min == 1)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max == REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
            *code++ = OP_PLUS + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
          else
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            code = oldcode;  /* Leave previous item in place */
 | 
						|
            if (repeat_max == 1) goto END_REPEAT;
 | 
						|
            *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max - 1);
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* The case {n,n} is just an EXACT, while the general case {n,m} is
 | 
						|
        handled as an EXACT followed by an UPTO or STAR or QUERY. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_EXACT + op_type;  /* NB EXACT doesn't have repeat_type */
 | 
						|
          PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_min);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          /* Unless repeat_max equals repeat_min, fill in the data for EXACT,
 | 
						|
          and then generate the second opcode. For a repeated Unicode property
 | 
						|
          match, there are two extra values that define the required property,
 | 
						|
          and mclength is set zero to indicate this. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
          if (repeat_max != repeat_min)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            if (mclength > 0)
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              memcpy(code, mcbuffer, CU2BYTES(mclength));
 | 
						|
              code += mclength;
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              *code++ = op_previous;
 | 
						|
              if (prop_type >= 0)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *code++ = prop_type;
 | 
						|
                *code++ = prop_value;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            /* Now set up the following opcode */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
            if (repeat_max == REPEAT_UNLIMITED)
 | 
						|
              *code++ = OP_STAR + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
            else
 | 
						|
              {
 | 
						|
              repeat_max -= repeat_min;
 | 
						|
              if (repeat_max == 1)
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *code++ = OP_QUERY + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              else
 | 
						|
                {
 | 
						|
                *code++ = OP_UPTO + repeat_type;
 | 
						|
                PUT2INC(code, 0, repeat_max);
 | 
						|
                }
 | 
						|
              }
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Fill in the character or character type for the final opcode. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (mclength > 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          memcpy(code, mcbuffer, CU2BYTES(mclength));
 | 
						|
          code += mclength;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          *code++ = op_previous;
 | 
						|
          if (prop_type >= 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            *code++ = prop_type;
 | 
						|
            *code++ = prop_value;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }  /* End of switch on different op_previous values */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If the character following a repeat is '+', possessive_quantifier is
 | 
						|
    TRUE. For some opcodes, there are special alternative opcodes for this
 | 
						|
    case. For anything else, we wrap the entire repeated item inside OP_ONCE
 | 
						|
    brackets. Logically, the '+' notation is just syntactic sugar, taken from
 | 
						|
    Sun's Java package, but the special opcodes can optimize it.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Some (but not all) possessively repeated subpatterns have already been
 | 
						|
    completely handled in the code just above. For them, possessive_quantifier
 | 
						|
    is always FALSE at this stage. Note that the repeated item starts at
 | 
						|
    tempcode, not at previous, which might be the first part of a string whose
 | 
						|
    (former) last char we repeated. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (possessive_quantifier)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int len;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Possessifying an EXACT quantifier has no effect, so we can ignore it.
 | 
						|
      However, QUERY, STAR, or UPTO may follow (for quantifiers such as {5,6},
 | 
						|
      {5,}, or {5,10}). We skip over an EXACT item; if the length of what
 | 
						|
      remains is greater than zero, there's a further opcode that can be
 | 
						|
      handled. If not, do nothing, leaving the EXACT alone. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      switch(*tempcode)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | 
						|
        tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode] +
 | 
						|
          ((tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP
 | 
						|
          || tempcode[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)? 2 : 0);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* CHAR opcodes are used for exacts whose count is 1. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
        case OP_CHARI:
 | 
						|
        case OP_NOT:
 | 
						|
        case OP_NOTI:
 | 
						|
        case OP_EXACT:
 | 
						|
        case OP_EXACTI:
 | 
						|
        case OP_NOTEXACT:
 | 
						|
        case OP_NOTEXACTI:
 | 
						|
        tempcode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[*tempcode];
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
        if (utf && HAS_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]))
 | 
						|
          tempcode += GET_EXTRALEN(tempcode[-1]);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* For the class opcodes, the repeat operator appears at the end;
 | 
						|
        adjust tempcode to point to it. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case OP_CLASS:
 | 
						|
        case OP_NCLASS:
 | 
						|
        tempcode += 1 + 32/sizeof(PCRE2_UCHAR);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_WIDE_CHARS
 | 
						|
        case OP_XCLASS:
 | 
						|
        tempcode += GET(tempcode, 1);
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If tempcode is equal to code (which points to the end of the repeated
 | 
						|
      item), it means we have skipped an EXACT item but there is no following
 | 
						|
      QUERY, STAR, or UPTO; the value of len will be 0, and we do nothing. In
 | 
						|
      all other cases, tempcode will be pointing to the repeat opcode, and will
 | 
						|
      be less than code, so the value of len will be greater than 0. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      len = (int)(code - tempcode);
 | 
						|
      if (len > 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        unsigned int repcode = *tempcode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* There is a table for possessifying opcodes, all of which are less
 | 
						|
        than OP_CALLOUT. A zero entry means there is no possessified version.
 | 
						|
        */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (repcode < OP_CALLOUT && opcode_possessify[repcode] > 0)
 | 
						|
          *tempcode = opcode_possessify[repcode];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* For opcode without a special possessified version, wrap the item in
 | 
						|
        ONCE brackets. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        else
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          memmove(tempcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, tempcode, CU2BYTES(len));
 | 
						|
          code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
          len += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
          tempcode[0] = OP_ONCE;
 | 
						|
          *code++ = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
          PUTINC(code, 0, len);
 | 
						|
          PUT(tempcode, 1, len);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We set the "follows varying string" flag for subsequently encountered
 | 
						|
    reqcus if it isn't already set and we have just passed a varying length
 | 
						|
    item. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    END_REPEAT:
 | 
						|
    cb->req_varyopt |= reqvary;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle a 32-bit data character with a value greater than META_END. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BIGVALUE:
 | 
						|
    pptr++;
 | 
						|
    goto NORMAL_CHAR;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===============================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle a back reference by number, which is the meta argument. The
 | 
						|
    pattern offsets for back references to group numbers less than 10 are held
 | 
						|
    in a special vector, to avoid using more than two parsed pattern elements
 | 
						|
    in 64-bit environments. We only need the offset to the first occurrence,
 | 
						|
    because if that doesn't fail, subsequent ones will also be OK. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF:
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg < 10) offset = cb->small_ref_offset[meta_arg];
 | 
						|
      else GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg > cb->bracount)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR15;  /* Non-existent subpattern */
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Come here from named backref handling when the reference is to a
 | 
						|
    single group (that is, not to a duplicated name). The back reference
 | 
						|
    data will have already been updated. We must disable firstcu if not
 | 
						|
    set, to cope with cases like (?=(\w+))\1: which would otherwise set ':'
 | 
						|
    later. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    HANDLE_SINGLE_REFERENCE:
 | 
						|
    if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
    *code++ = ((options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_REFI : OP_REF;
 | 
						|
    PUT2INC(code, 0, meta_arg);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Update the map of back references, and keep the highest one. We
 | 
						|
    could do this in parse_regex() for numerical back references, but not
 | 
						|
    for named back references, because we don't know the numbers to which
 | 
						|
    named back references refer. So we do it all in this function. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    cb->backref_map |= (meta_arg < 32)? (1u << meta_arg) : 1;
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg > cb->top_backref) cb->top_backref = meta_arg;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Check to see if this back reference is recursive, that it, it
 | 
						|
    is inside the group that it references. A flag is set so that the
 | 
						|
    group can be made atomic. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    for (oc = cb->open_caps; oc != NULL; oc = oc->next)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (oc->number == meta_arg)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        oc->flag = TRUE;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===============================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle recursion by inserting the number of the called group (which is
 | 
						|
    the meta argument) after OP_RECURSE. At the end of compiling the pattern is
 | 
						|
    scanned and these numbers are replaced by offsets within the pattern. It is
 | 
						|
    done like this to avoid problems with forward references and adjusting
 | 
						|
    offsets when groups are duplicated and moved (as discovered in previous
 | 
						|
    implementations). Note that a recursion does not have a set first character
 | 
						|
    (relevant if it is repeated, because it will then be wrapped with ONCE
 | 
						|
    brackets). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_RECURSE:
 | 
						|
    GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg > cb->bracount)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR15;  /* Non-existent subpattern */
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    HANDLE_NUMERICAL_RECURSION:
 | 
						|
    *code = OP_RECURSE;
 | 
						|
    PUT(code, 1, meta_arg);
 | 
						|
    code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    groupsetfirstcu = FALSE;
 | 
						|
    cb->had_recurse = TRUE;
 | 
						|
    if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===============================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle capturing parentheses; the number is the meta argument. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    bravalue = OP_CBRA;
 | 
						|
    skipunits = IMM2_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    PUT2(code, 1+LINK_SIZE, meta_arg);
 | 
						|
    cb->lastcapture = meta_arg;
 | 
						|
    goto GROUP_PROCESS_NOTE_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===============================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle escape sequence items. For ones like \d, the ESC_values are
 | 
						|
    arranged to be the same as the corresponding OP_values in the default case
 | 
						|
    when PCRE2_UCP is not set (which is the only case in which they will appear
 | 
						|
    here).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    Note: \Q and \E are never seen here, as they were dealt with in
 | 
						|
    parse_pattern(). Neither are numerical back references or recursions, which
 | 
						|
    were turned into META_BACKREF or META_RECURSE items, respectively. \k and
 | 
						|
    \g, when followed by names, are turned into META_BACKREF_BYNAME or
 | 
						|
    META_RECURSE_BYNAME. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ESCAPE:
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* We can test for escape sequences that consume a character because their
 | 
						|
    values lie between ESC_b and ESC_Z; this may have to change if any new ones
 | 
						|
    are ever created. For these sequences, we disable the setting of a first
 | 
						|
    character if it hasn't already been set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg > ESC_b && meta_arg < ESC_Z)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      matched_char = TRUE;
 | 
						|
      if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET) firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Set values to reset to if this is followed by a zero repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
    zerofirstcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqcu = reqcu;
 | 
						|
    zeroreqcuflags = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If Unicode is not supported, \P and \p are not allowed and are
 | 
						|
    faulted at parse time, so will never appear here. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg == ESC_P || meta_arg == ESC_p)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t ptype = *(++pptr) >> 16;
 | 
						|
      uint32_t pdata = *pptr & 0xffff;
 | 
						|
      *code++ = (meta_arg == ESC_p)? OP_PROP : OP_NOTPROP;
 | 
						|
      *code++ = ptype;
 | 
						|
      *code++ = pdata;
 | 
						|
      break;  /* End META_ESCAPE */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* For the rest (including \X when Unicode is supported - if not it's
 | 
						|
    faulted at parse time), the OP value is the escape value when PCRE2_UCP is
 | 
						|
    not set; if it is set, these escapes do not show up here because they are
 | 
						|
    converted into Unicode property tests in parse_regex(). Note that \b and \B
 | 
						|
    do a one-character lookbehind, and \A also behaves as if it does. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (meta_arg == ESC_C) cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_HASBKC; /* Record */
 | 
						|
    if ((meta_arg == ESC_b || meta_arg == ESC_B || meta_arg == ESC_A) &&
 | 
						|
         cb->max_lookbehind == 0)
 | 
						|
      cb->max_lookbehind = 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In non-UTF mode, and for both 32-bit modes, we turn \C into OP_ALLANY
 | 
						|
    instead of OP_ANYBYTE so that it works in DFA mode and in lookbehinds. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 32
 | 
						|
    *code++ = (meta_arg == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : meta_arg;
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    *code++ = (!utf && meta_arg == ESC_C)? OP_ALLANY : meta_arg;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    break;  /* End META_ESCAPE */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* ===================================================================*/
 | 
						|
    /* Handle an unrecognized meta value. A parsed pattern value less than
 | 
						|
    META_END is a literal. Otherwise we have a problem. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    if (meta >= META_END)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG_SHOW_PARSED
 | 
						|
      fprintf(stderr, "** Unrecognized parsed pattern item 0x%.8x\n", *pptr);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      *errorcodeptr = ERR89;  /* Internal error - unrecognized. */
 | 
						|
      return 0;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle a literal character. We come here by goto in the case of a
 | 
						|
    32-bit, non-UTF character whose value is greater than META_END. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    NORMAL_CHAR:
 | 
						|
    meta = *pptr;     /* Get the full 32 bits */
 | 
						|
    NORMAL_CHAR_SET:  /* Character is already in meta */
 | 
						|
    matched_char = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* For caseless UTF mode, check whether this character has more than one
 | 
						|
    other case. If so, generate a special OP_PROP item instead of OP_CHARI. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
    if (utf && (options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t caseset = UCD_CASESET(meta);
 | 
						|
      if (caseset != 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *code++ = OP_PROP;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = PT_CLIST;
 | 
						|
        *code++ = caseset;
 | 
						|
        if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET)
 | 
						|
          firstcuflags = zerofirstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        break;  /* End handling this meta item */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Caseful matches, or not one of the multicase characters. Get the
 | 
						|
    character's code units into mcbuffer, with the length in mclength. When not
 | 
						|
    in UTF mode, the length is always 1. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
    if (utf) mclength = PRIV(ord2utf)(meta, mcbuffer); else
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      mclength = 1;
 | 
						|
      mcbuffer[0] = meta;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Generate the appropriate code */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *code++ = ((options & PCRE2_CASELESS) != 0)? OP_CHARI : OP_CHAR;
 | 
						|
    memcpy(code, mcbuffer, CU2BYTES(mclength));
 | 
						|
    code += mclength;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Remember if \r or \n were seen */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_CR || mcbuffer[0] == CHAR_NL)
 | 
						|
      cb->external_flags |= PCRE2_HASCRORLF;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Set the first and required code units appropriately. If no previous
 | 
						|
    first code unit, set it from this character, but revert to none on a zero
 | 
						|
    repeat. Otherwise, leave the firstcu value alone, and don't change it on
 | 
						|
    a zero repeat. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (firstcuflags == REQ_UNSET)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      zerofirstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      zeroreqcu = reqcu;
 | 
						|
      zeroreqcuflags = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If the character is more than one code unit long, we can set firstcu
 | 
						|
      only if it is not to be matched caselessly. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        firstcu = mcbuffer[0] | req_caseopt;
 | 
						|
        firstcu = mcbuffer[0];
 | 
						|
        firstcuflags = req_caseopt;
 | 
						|
        if (mclength != 1)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          reqcu = code[-1];
 | 
						|
          reqcuflags = cb->req_varyopt;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      else firstcuflags = reqcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* firstcu was previously set; we can set reqcu only if the length is
 | 
						|
    1 or the matching is caseful. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      zerofirstcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
      zerofirstcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
      zeroreqcu = reqcu;
 | 
						|
      zeroreqcuflags = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
      if (mclength == 1 || req_caseopt == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        reqcu = code[-1];
 | 
						|
        reqcuflags = req_caseopt | cb->req_varyopt;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;    /* End default meta handling */
 | 
						|
    }         /* End of big switch */
 | 
						|
  }           /* End of big loop */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Control never reaches here. */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*   Compile regex: a sequence of alternatives    *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* On entry, pptr is pointing past the bracket meta, but on return it points to
 | 
						|
the closing bracket or META_END. The code variable is pointing at the code unit
 | 
						|
into which the BRA operator has been stored. This function is used during the
 | 
						|
pre-compile phase when we are trying to find out the amount of memory needed,
 | 
						|
as well as during the real compile phase. The value of lengthptr distinguishes
 | 
						|
the two phases.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  options           option bits, including any changes for this subpattern
 | 
						|
  codeptr           -> the address of the current code pointer
 | 
						|
  pptrptr           -> the address of the current parsed pattern pointer
 | 
						|
  errorcodeptr      -> pointer to error code variable
 | 
						|
  skipunits         skip this many code units at start (for brackets and OP_COND)
 | 
						|
  firstcuptr        place to put the first required code unit
 | 
						|
  firstcuflagsptr   place to put the first code unit flags, or a negative number
 | 
						|
  reqcuptr          place to put the last required code unit
 | 
						|
  reqcuflagsptr     place to put the last required code unit flags, or a negative number
 | 
						|
  bcptr             pointer to the chain of currently open branches
 | 
						|
  cb                points to the data block with tables pointers etc.
 | 
						|
  lengthptr         NULL during the real compile phase
 | 
						|
                    points to length accumulator during pre-compile phase
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:            0 There has been an error
 | 
						|
                   +1 Success, this group must match at least one character
 | 
						|
                   -1 Success, this group may match an empty string
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
compile_regex(uint32_t options, PCRE2_UCHAR **codeptr, uint32_t **pptrptr,
 | 
						|
  int *errorcodeptr, uint32_t skipunits, uint32_t *firstcuptr,
 | 
						|
  int32_t *firstcuflagsptr, uint32_t *reqcuptr,int32_t *reqcuflagsptr,
 | 
						|
  branch_chain *bcptr, compile_block *cb, PCRE2_SIZE *lengthptr)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *code = *codeptr;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *last_branch = code;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *start_bracket = code;
 | 
						|
BOOL lookbehind;
 | 
						|
open_capitem capitem;
 | 
						|
int capnumber = 0;
 | 
						|
int okreturn = 1;
 | 
						|
uint32_t *pptr = *pptrptr;
 | 
						|
uint32_t firstcu, reqcu;
 | 
						|
uint32_t lookbehindlength;
 | 
						|
int32_t firstcuflags, reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
uint32_t branchfirstcu, branchreqcu;
 | 
						|
int32_t branchfirstcuflags, branchreqcuflags;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE length;
 | 
						|
branch_chain bc;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If set, call the external function that checks for stack availability. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (cb->cx->stack_guard != NULL &&
 | 
						|
    cb->cx->stack_guard(cb->parens_depth, cb->cx->stack_guard_data))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorcodeptr= ERR33;
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Miscellaneous initialization */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
bc.outer = bcptr;
 | 
						|
bc.current_branch = code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
firstcu = reqcu = 0;
 | 
						|
firstcuflags = reqcuflags = REQ_UNSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Accumulate the length for use in the pre-compile phase. Start with the
 | 
						|
length of the BRA and KET and any extra code units that are required at the
 | 
						|
beginning. We accumulate in a local variable to save frequent testing of
 | 
						|
lengthptr for NULL. We cannot do this by looking at the value of 'code' at the
 | 
						|
start and end of each alternative, because compiled items are discarded during
 | 
						|
the pre-compile phase so that the work space is not exceeded. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
length = 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE + skipunits;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Remember if this is a lookbehind assertion, and if it is, save its length
 | 
						|
and skip over the pattern offset. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
lookbehind = *code == OP_ASSERTBACK || *code == OP_ASSERTBACK_NOT;
 | 
						|
if (lookbehind)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  lookbehindlength = META_DATA(pptr[-1]);
 | 
						|
  pptr += SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
else lookbehindlength = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If this is a capturing subpattern, add to the chain of open capturing items
 | 
						|
so that we can detect them if (*ACCEPT) is encountered. Note that only OP_CBRA
 | 
						|
need be tested here; changing this opcode to one of its variants, e.g.
 | 
						|
OP_SCBRAPOS, happens later, after the group has been compiled. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (*code == OP_CBRA)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  capnumber = GET2(code, 1 + LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
  capitem.number = capnumber;
 | 
						|
  capitem.next = cb->open_caps;
 | 
						|
  capitem.flag = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  cb->open_caps = &capitem;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Offset is set zero to mark that this bracket is still open */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PUT(code, 1, 0);
 | 
						|
code += 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipunits;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Loop for each alternative branch */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int branch_return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Insert OP_REVERSE if this is as lookbehind assertion. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (lookbehind && lookbehindlength > 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *code++ = OP_REVERSE;
 | 
						|
    PUTINC(code, 0, lookbehindlength);
 | 
						|
    length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Now compile the branch; in the pre-compile phase its length gets added
 | 
						|
  into the length. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((branch_return =
 | 
						|
        compile_branch(&options, &code, &pptr, errorcodeptr, &branchfirstcu,
 | 
						|
          &branchfirstcuflags, &branchreqcu, &branchreqcuflags, &bc,
 | 
						|
          cb, (lengthptr == NULL)? NULL : &length)) == 0)
 | 
						|
    return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If a branch can match an empty string, so can the whole group. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (branch_return < 0) okreturn = -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* In the real compile phase, there is some post-processing to be done. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* If this is the first branch, the firstcu and reqcu values for the
 | 
						|
    branch become the values for the regex. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (*last_branch != OP_ALT)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      firstcu = branchfirstcu;
 | 
						|
      firstcuflags = branchfirstcuflags;
 | 
						|
      reqcu = branchreqcu;
 | 
						|
      reqcuflags = branchreqcuflags;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If this is not the first branch, the first char and reqcu have to
 | 
						|
    match the values from all the previous branches, except that if the
 | 
						|
    previous value for reqcu didn't have REQ_VARY set, it can still match,
 | 
						|
    and we set REQ_VARY for the regex. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      /* If we previously had a firstcu, but it doesn't match the new branch,
 | 
						|
      we have to abandon the firstcu for the regex, but if there was
 | 
						|
      previously no reqcu, it takes on the value of the old firstcu. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (firstcuflags != branchfirstcuflags || firstcu != branchfirstcu)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (firstcuflags >= 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (reqcuflags < 0)
 | 
						|
            {
 | 
						|
            reqcu = firstcu;
 | 
						|
            reqcuflags = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
            }
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        firstcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* If we (now or from before) have no firstcu, a firstcu from the
 | 
						|
      branch becomes a reqcu if there isn't a branch reqcu. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (firstcuflags < 0 && branchfirstcuflags >= 0 &&
 | 
						|
          branchreqcuflags < 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        branchreqcu = branchfirstcu;
 | 
						|
        branchreqcuflags = branchfirstcuflags;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* Now ensure that the reqcus match */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (((reqcuflags & ~REQ_VARY) != (branchreqcuflags & ~REQ_VARY)) ||
 | 
						|
          reqcu != branchreqcu)
 | 
						|
        reqcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        reqcu = branchreqcu;
 | 
						|
        reqcuflags |= branchreqcuflags; /* To "or" REQ_VARY */
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Handle reaching the end of the expression, either ')' or end of pattern.
 | 
						|
  In the real compile phase, go back through the alternative branches and
 | 
						|
  reverse the chain of offsets, with the field in the BRA item now becoming an
 | 
						|
  offset to the first alternative. If there are no alternatives, it points to
 | 
						|
  the end of the group. The length in the terminating ket is always the length
 | 
						|
  of the whole bracketed item. Return leaving the pointer at the terminating
 | 
						|
  char. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (META_CODE(*pptr) != META_ALT)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr == NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_SIZE branch_length = code - last_branch;
 | 
						|
      do
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        PCRE2_SIZE prev_length = GET(last_branch, 1);
 | 
						|
        PUT(last_branch, 1, branch_length);
 | 
						|
        branch_length = prev_length;
 | 
						|
        last_branch -= branch_length;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      while (branch_length > 0);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Fill in the ket */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *code = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
    PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
 | 
						|
    code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* If it was a capturing subpattern, check to see if it contained any
 | 
						|
    recursive back references. If so, we must wrap it in atomic brackets. In
 | 
						|
    any event, remove the block from the chain. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (capnumber > 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (cb->open_caps->flag)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        memmove(start_bracket + 1 + LINK_SIZE, start_bracket,
 | 
						|
          CU2BYTES(code - start_bracket));
 | 
						|
        *start_bracket = OP_ONCE;
 | 
						|
        code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
        PUT(start_bracket, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
 | 
						|
        *code = OP_KET;
 | 
						|
        PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - start_bracket));
 | 
						|
        code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
        length += 2 + 2*LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      cb->open_caps = cb->open_caps->next;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Set values to pass back */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    *codeptr = code;
 | 
						|
    *pptrptr = pptr;
 | 
						|
    *firstcuptr = firstcu;
 | 
						|
    *firstcuflagsptr = firstcuflags;
 | 
						|
    *reqcuptr = reqcu;
 | 
						|
    *reqcuflagsptr = reqcuflags;
 | 
						|
    if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (OFLOW_MAX - *lengthptr < length)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errorcodeptr = ERR20;
 | 
						|
        return 0;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      *lengthptr += length;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    return okreturn;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Another branch follows. In the pre-compile phase, we can move the code
 | 
						|
  pointer back to where it was for the start of the first branch. (That is,
 | 
						|
  pretend that each branch is the only one.)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  In the real compile phase, insert an ALT node. Its length field points back
 | 
						|
  to the previous branch while the bracket remains open. At the end the chain
 | 
						|
  is reversed. It's done like this so that the start of the bracket has a
 | 
						|
  zero offset until it is closed, making it possible to detect recursion. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (lengthptr != NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    code = *codeptr + 1 + LINK_SIZE + skipunits;
 | 
						|
    length += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *code = OP_ALT;
 | 
						|
    PUT(code, 1, (int)(code - last_branch));
 | 
						|
    bc.current_branch = last_branch = code;
 | 
						|
    code += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Set the lookbehind length (if not in a lookbehind the value will be zero)
 | 
						|
  and then advance past the vertical bar. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  lookbehindlength = META_DATA(*pptr);
 | 
						|
  pptr++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
/* Control never reaches here */
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*          Check for anchored pattern            *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Try to find out if this is an anchored regular expression. Consider each
 | 
						|
alternative branch. If they all start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC, or with a bracket
 | 
						|
all of whose alternatives start with OP_SOD or OP_CIRC (recurse ad lib), then
 | 
						|
it's anchored. However, if this is a multiline pattern, then only OP_SOD will
 | 
						|
be found, because ^ generates OP_CIRCM in that mode.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
We can also consider a regex to be anchored if OP_SOM starts all its branches.
 | 
						|
This is the code for \G, which means "match at start of match position, taking
 | 
						|
into account the match offset".
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
A branch is also implicitly anchored if it starts with .* and DOTALL is set,
 | 
						|
because that will try the rest of the pattern at all possible matching points,
 | 
						|
so there is no point trying again.... er ....
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
.... except when the .* appears inside capturing parentheses, and there is a
 | 
						|
subsequent back reference to those parentheses. We haven't enough information
 | 
						|
to catch that case precisely.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
At first, the best we could do was to detect when .* was in capturing brackets
 | 
						|
and the highest back reference was greater than or equal to that level.
 | 
						|
However, by keeping a bitmap of the first 31 back references, we can catch some
 | 
						|
of the more common cases more precisely.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
... A second exception is when the .* appears inside an atomic group, because
 | 
						|
this prevents the number of characters it matches from being adjusted.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code           points to start of the compiled pattern
 | 
						|
  bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
 | 
						|
                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
 | 
						|
                   the less precise approach
 | 
						|
  cb             points to the compile data block
 | 
						|
  atomcount      atomic group level
 | 
						|
  inassert       TRUE if in an assertion
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:     TRUE or FALSE
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
is_anchored(PCRE2_SPTR code, unsigned int bracket_map, compile_block *cb,
 | 
						|
  int atomcount, BOOL inassert)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
do {
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_SPTR scode = first_significant_code(
 | 
						|
     code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
 | 
						|
   int op = *scode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Non-capturing brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   if (op == OP_BRA  || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
 | 
						|
       op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cb, atomcount, inassert))
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Capturing brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_CBRA  || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
 | 
						|
            op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
     int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1u << n) : 1);
 | 
						|
     if (!is_anchored(scode, new_map, cb, atomcount, inassert)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Positive forward assertion */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_ASSERT)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cb, atomcount, TRUE)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Condition */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_COND)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cb, atomcount, inassert))
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Atomic groups */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_anchored(scode, bracket_map, cb, atomcount + 1, inassert))
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* .* is not anchored unless DOTALL is set (which generates OP_ALLANY) and
 | 
						|
   it isn't in brackets that are or may be referenced or inside an atomic
 | 
						|
   group or an assertion. Also the pattern must not contain *PRUNE or *SKIP,
 | 
						|
   because these break the feature. Consider, for example, /(?s).*?(*PRUNE)b/
 | 
						|
   with the subject "aab", which matches "b", i.e. not at the start of a line.
 | 
						|
   There is also an option that disables auto-anchoring. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if ((op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR ||
 | 
						|
             op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR))
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (scode[1] != OP_ALLANY || (bracket_map & cb->backref_map) != 0 ||
 | 
						|
         atomcount > 0 || cb->had_pruneorskip || inassert ||
 | 
						|
         (cb->external_options & PCRE2_NO_DOTSTAR_ANCHOR) != 0)
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Check for explicit anchoring */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op != OP_SOD && op != OP_SOM && op != OP_CIRC) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
   }
 | 
						|
while (*code == OP_ALT);   /* Loop for each alternative */
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*         Check for starting with ^ or .*        *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is called to find out if every branch starts with ^ or .* so that
 | 
						|
"first char" processing can be done to speed things up in multiline
 | 
						|
matching and for non-DOTALL patterns that start with .* (which must start at
 | 
						|
the beginning or after \n). As in the case of is_anchored() (see above), we
 | 
						|
have to take account of back references to capturing brackets that contain .*
 | 
						|
because in that case we can't make the assumption. Also, the appearance of .*
 | 
						|
inside atomic brackets or in an assertion, or in a pattern that contains *PRUNE
 | 
						|
or *SKIP does not count, because once again the assumption no longer holds.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code           points to start of the compiled pattern or a group
 | 
						|
  bracket_map    a bitmap of which brackets we are inside while testing; this
 | 
						|
                   handles up to substring 31; after that we just have to take
 | 
						|
                   the less precise approach
 | 
						|
  cb             points to the compile data
 | 
						|
  atomcount      atomic group level
 | 
						|
  inassert       TRUE if in an assertion
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:         TRUE or FALSE
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
is_startline(PCRE2_SPTR code, unsigned int bracket_map, compile_block *cb,
 | 
						|
  int atomcount, BOOL inassert)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
do {
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_SPTR scode = first_significant_code(
 | 
						|
     code + PRIV(OP_lengths)[*code], FALSE);
 | 
						|
   int op = *scode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* If we are at the start of a conditional assertion group, *both* the
 | 
						|
   conditional assertion *and* what follows the condition must satisfy the test
 | 
						|
   for start of line. Other kinds of condition fail. Note that there may be an
 | 
						|
   auto-callout at the start of a condition. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   if (op == OP_COND)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT) scode += PRIV(OP_lengths)[OP_CALLOUT];
 | 
						|
       else if (*scode == OP_CALLOUT_STR) scode += GET(scode, 1 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     switch (*scode)
 | 
						|
       {
 | 
						|
       case OP_CREF:
 | 
						|
       case OP_DNCREF:
 | 
						|
       case OP_RREF:
 | 
						|
       case OP_DNRREF:
 | 
						|
       case OP_FAIL:
 | 
						|
       case OP_FALSE:
 | 
						|
       case OP_TRUE:
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
       default:     /* Assertion */
 | 
						|
       if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cb, atomcount, TRUE)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
       do scode += GET(scode, 1); while (*scode == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
       scode += 1 + LINK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
       break;
 | 
						|
       }
 | 
						|
     scode = first_significant_code(scode, FALSE);
 | 
						|
     op = *scode;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Non-capturing brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   if (op == OP_BRA  || op == OP_BRAPOS ||
 | 
						|
       op == OP_SBRA || op == OP_SBRAPOS)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cb, atomcount, inassert))
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Capturing brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_CBRA  || op == OP_CBRAPOS ||
 | 
						|
            op == OP_SCBRA || op == OP_SCBRAPOS)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     int n = GET2(scode, 1+LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
     int new_map = bracket_map | ((n < 32)? (1u << n) : 1);
 | 
						|
     if (!is_startline(scode, new_map, cb, atomcount, inassert)) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Positive forward assertions */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_ASSERT)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cb, atomcount, TRUE))
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Atomic brackets */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_ONCE || op == OP_ONCE_NC)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (!is_startline(scode, bracket_map, cb, atomcount + 1, inassert))
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* .* means "start at start or after \n" if it isn't in atomic brackets or
 | 
						|
   brackets that may be referenced or an assertion, and as long as the pattern
 | 
						|
   does not contain *PRUNE or *SKIP, because these break the feature. Consider,
 | 
						|
   for example, /.*?a(*PRUNE)b/ with the subject "aab", which matches "ab",
 | 
						|
   i.e. not at the start of a line. There is also an option that disables this
 | 
						|
   optimization. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op == OP_TYPESTAR || op == OP_TYPEMINSTAR || op == OP_TYPEPOSSTAR)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     if (scode[1] != OP_ANY || (bracket_map & cb->backref_map) != 0 ||
 | 
						|
         atomcount > 0 || cb->had_pruneorskip || inassert ||
 | 
						|
         (cb->external_options & PCRE2_NO_DOTSTAR_ANCHOR) != 0)
 | 
						|
       return FALSE;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Check for explicit circumflex; anything else gives a FALSE result. Note
 | 
						|
   in particular that this includes atomic brackets OP_ONCE and OP_ONCE_NC
 | 
						|
   because the number of characters matched by .* cannot be adjusted inside
 | 
						|
   them. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   else if (op != OP_CIRC && op != OP_CIRCM) return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* Move on to the next alternative */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
   }
 | 
						|
while (*code == OP_ALT);  /* Loop for each alternative */
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*   Scan compiled regex for recursion reference  *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function scans through a compiled pattern until it finds an instance of
 | 
						|
OP_RECURSE.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code        points to start of expression
 | 
						|
  utf         TRUE in UTF mode
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      pointer to the opcode for OP_RECURSE, or NULL if not found
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static PCRE2_SPTR
 | 
						|
find_recurse(PCRE2_SPTR code, BOOL utf)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
for (;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_UCHAR c = *code;
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_END) return NULL;
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_RECURSE) return code;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* XCLASS is used for classes that cannot be represented just by a bit map.
 | 
						|
  This includes negated single high-valued characters. CALLOUT_STR is used for
 | 
						|
  callouts with string arguments. In both cases the length in the table is
 | 
						|
  zero; the actual length is stored in the compiled code. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (c == OP_XCLASS) code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
    else if (c == OP_CALLOUT_STR) code += GET(code, 1 + 2*LINK_SIZE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Otherwise, we can get the item's length from the table, except that for
 | 
						|
  repeated character types, we have to test for \p and \P, which have an extra
 | 
						|
  two code units of parameters, and for MARK/PRUNE/SKIP/THEN with an argument,
 | 
						|
  we must add in its length. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    switch(c)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPESTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSQUERY:
 | 
						|
      if (code[1] == OP_PROP || code[1] == OP_NOTPROP) code += 2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEPOSUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEMINUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_TYPEEXACT:
 | 
						|
      if (code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_PROP || code[1 + IMM2_SIZE] == OP_NOTPROP)
 | 
						|
        code += 2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case OP_MARK:
 | 
						|
      case OP_PRUNE_ARG:
 | 
						|
      case OP_SKIP_ARG:
 | 
						|
      case OP_THEN_ARG:
 | 
						|
      code += code[1];
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Add in the fixed length from the table */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    code += PRIV(OP_lengths)[c];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* In UTF-8 and UTF-16 modes, opcodes that are followed by a character may
 | 
						|
    be followed by a multi-unit character. The length in the table is a
 | 
						|
    minimum, so we have to arrange to skip the extra units. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef MAYBE_UTF_MULTI
 | 
						|
    if (utf) switch(c)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_CHARI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_EXACT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_EXACTI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTEXACT:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTEXACTI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_UPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_UPTOI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTUPTOI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINUPTOI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTMINUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTMINUPTOI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSUPTOI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPOSUPTO:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPOSUPTOI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_STAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_STARI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTSTARI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINSTARI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTMINSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTMINSTARI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSSTARI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPOSSTAR:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPOSSTARI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_PLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_PLUSI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPLUSI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINPLUSI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTMINPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTMINPLUSI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSPLUSI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPOSPLUS:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPOSPLUSI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_QUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_QUERYI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTQUERYI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_MINQUERYI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTMINQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTMINQUERYI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_POSQUERYI:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPOSQUERY:
 | 
						|
      case OP_NOTPOSQUERYI:
 | 
						|
      if (HAS_EXTRALEN(code[-1])) code += GET_EXTRALEN(code[-1]);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#else
 | 
						|
    (void)(utf);  /* Keep compiler happy by referencing function argument */
 | 
						|
#endif  /* MAYBE_UTF_MULTI */
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*    Check for asserted fixed first code unit    *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* During compilation, the "first code unit" settings from forward assertions
 | 
						|
are discarded, because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that
 | 
						|
follow. However, if we end up without a first code unit setting for an
 | 
						|
unanchored pattern, it is worth scanning the regex to see if there is an
 | 
						|
initial asserted first code unit. If all branches start with the same asserted
 | 
						|
code unit, or with a non-conditional bracket all of whose alternatives start
 | 
						|
with the same asserted code unit (recurse ad lib), then we return that code
 | 
						|
unit, with the flags set to zero or REQ_CASELESS; otherwise return zero with
 | 
						|
REQ_NONE in the flags.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  code       points to start of compiled pattern
 | 
						|
  flags      points to the first code unit flags
 | 
						|
  inassert   TRUE if in an assertion
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:     the fixed first code unit, or 0 with REQ_NONE in flags
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static uint32_t
 | 
						|
find_firstassertedcu(PCRE2_SPTR code, int32_t *flags, BOOL inassert)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t c = 0;
 | 
						|
int cflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*flags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
do {
 | 
						|
   uint32_t d;
 | 
						|
   int dflags;
 | 
						|
   int xl = (*code == OP_CBRA || *code == OP_SCBRA ||
 | 
						|
             *code == OP_CBRAPOS || *code == OP_SCBRAPOS)? IMM2_SIZE:0;
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_SPTR scode = first_significant_code(code + 1+LINK_SIZE + xl, TRUE);
 | 
						|
   PCRE2_UCHAR op = *scode;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   switch(op)
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
     default:
 | 
						|
     return 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     case OP_BRA:
 | 
						|
     case OP_BRAPOS:
 | 
						|
     case OP_CBRA:
 | 
						|
     case OP_SCBRA:
 | 
						|
     case OP_CBRAPOS:
 | 
						|
     case OP_SCBRAPOS:
 | 
						|
     case OP_ASSERT:
 | 
						|
     case OP_ONCE:
 | 
						|
     case OP_ONCE_NC:
 | 
						|
     d = find_firstassertedcu(scode, &dflags, op == OP_ASSERT);
 | 
						|
     if (dflags < 0)
 | 
						|
       return 0;
 | 
						|
     if (cflags < 0) { c = d; cflags = dflags; }
 | 
						|
       else if (c != d || cflags != dflags) return 0;
 | 
						|
     break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     case OP_EXACT:
 | 
						|
     scode += IMM2_SIZE;
 | 
						|
     /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     case OP_CHAR:
 | 
						|
     case OP_PLUS:
 | 
						|
     case OP_MINPLUS:
 | 
						|
     case OP_POSPLUS:
 | 
						|
     if (!inassert) return 0;
 | 
						|
     if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = 0; }
 | 
						|
       else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
 | 
						|
     break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     case OP_EXACTI:
 | 
						|
     scode += IMM2_SIZE;
 | 
						|
     /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
     case OP_CHARI:
 | 
						|
     case OP_PLUSI:
 | 
						|
     case OP_MINPLUSI:
 | 
						|
     case OP_POSPLUSI:
 | 
						|
     if (!inassert) return 0;
 | 
						|
     if (cflags < 0) { c = scode[1]; cflags = REQ_CASELESS; }
 | 
						|
       else if (c != scode[1]) return 0;
 | 
						|
     break;
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   code += GET(code, 1);
 | 
						|
   }
 | 
						|
while (*code == OP_ALT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*flags = cflags;
 | 
						|
return c;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*     Add an entry to the name/number table      *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called between compiling passes to add an entry to the
 | 
						|
name/number table, maintaining alphabetical order. Checking for permitted
 | 
						|
and forbidden duplicates has already been done.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  cb           the compile data block
 | 
						|
  name         the name to add
 | 
						|
  length       the length of the name
 | 
						|
  groupno      the group number
 | 
						|
  tablecount   the count of names in the table so far
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:       nothing
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
add_name_to_table(compile_block *cb, PCRE2_SPTR name, int length,
 | 
						|
  unsigned int groupno, uint32_t tablecount)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t i;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *slot = cb->name_table;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (i = 0; i < tablecount; i++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  int crc = memcmp(name, slot+IMM2_SIZE, CU2BYTES(length));
 | 
						|
  if (crc == 0 && slot[IMM2_SIZE+length] != 0)
 | 
						|
    crc = -1; /* Current name is a substring */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Make space in the table and break the loop for an earlier name. For a
 | 
						|
  duplicate or later name, carry on. We do this for duplicates so that in the
 | 
						|
  simple case (when ?(| is not used) they are in order of their numbers. In all
 | 
						|
  cases they are in the order in which they appear in the pattern. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (crc < 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    memmove(slot + cb->name_entry_size, slot,
 | 
						|
      CU2BYTES((tablecount - i) * cb->name_entry_size));
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Continue the loop for a later or duplicate name */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  slot += cb->name_entry_size;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PUT2(slot, 0, groupno);
 | 
						|
memcpy(slot + IMM2_SIZE, name, CU2BYTES(length));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Add a terminating zero and fill the rest of the slot with zeroes so that
 | 
						|
the memory is all initialized. Otherwise valgrind moans about uninitialized
 | 
						|
memory when saving serialized compiled patterns. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
memset(slot + IMM2_SIZE + length, 0,
 | 
						|
  CU2BYTES(cb->name_entry_size - length - IMM2_SIZE));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*             Skip in parsed pattern             *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called to skip parts of the parsed pattern when finding the
 | 
						|
length of a lookbehind branch. It is called after (*ACCEPT) and (*FAIL) to find
 | 
						|
the end of the branch, it is called to skip over an internal lookaround, and it
 | 
						|
is also called to skip to the end of a class, during which it will never
 | 
						|
encounter nested groups (but there's no need to have special code for that).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  pptr       current pointer to skip from
 | 
						|
  skiptype   PSKIP_CLASS when skipping to end of class
 | 
						|
             PSKIP_ALT when META_ALT ends the skip
 | 
						|
             PSKIP_KET when only META_KET ends the skip
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:     new value of pptr
 | 
						|
             NULL if META_END is reached - should never occur
 | 
						|
               or for an unknown meta value - likewise
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static uint32_t *
 | 
						|
parsed_skip(uint32_t *pptr, uint32_t skiptype)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t nestlevel = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (pptr += 1;; pptr++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  uint32_t meta = META_CODE(*pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch(meta)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    default:  /* Just skip over most items */
 | 
						|
    if (meta < META_END) continue;  /* Literal */
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* This should never occur. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_END:
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The data for these items is variable in length. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF:  /* Offset is present only if group >= 10 */
 | 
						|
    if (META_DATA(*pptr) >= 10) pptr += SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ESCAPE:   /* A few escapes are followed by data items. */
 | 
						|
    switch (META_DATA(*pptr))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      case ESC_P:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_p:
 | 
						|
      pptr += 1;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      case ESC_g:
 | 
						|
      case ESC_k:
 | 
						|
      pptr += 1 + SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MARK:     /* Add the length of the name. */
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE_ARG:
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP_ARG:
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN_ARG:
 | 
						|
    pptr += pptr[1];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* These are the "active" items in this loop. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_END:
 | 
						|
    if (skiptype == PSKIP_CLASS) return pptr;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ATOMIC:
 | 
						|
    case META_CAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_ASSERT:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_DEFINE:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NAME:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNAME:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNUMBER:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_VERSION:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEAD:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEADNOT:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHIND:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHINDNOT:
 | 
						|
    case META_NOCAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    nestlevel++;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ALT:
 | 
						|
    if (nestlevel == 0 && skiptype == PSKIP_ALT) return pptr;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_KET:
 | 
						|
    if (nestlevel == 0) return pptr;
 | 
						|
    nestlevel--;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* The extra data item length for each meta is in a table. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  meta = (meta >> 16) & 0x7fff;
 | 
						|
  if (meta >= sizeof(meta_extra_lengths)) return NULL;
 | 
						|
  pptr += meta_extra_lengths[meta];
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
/* Control never reaches here */
 | 
						|
return pptr;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*       Find length of a parsed group            *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This is called for nested groups within a branch of a lookbehind whose
 | 
						|
length is being computed. If all the branches in the nested group have the same
 | 
						|
length, that is OK. On entry, the pointer must be at the first element after
 | 
						|
the group initializing code. Caching is used to improve processing speed when
 | 
						|
the same capturing group occurs many times.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  pptrptr     pointer to pointer in the parsed pattern
 | 
						|
  errcodeptr  pointer to the errorcode
 | 
						|
  lcptr       pointer to the loop counter
 | 
						|
  group       number of captured group or -1 for a non-capturing group
 | 
						|
  recurses    chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion
 | 
						|
  cb          pointer to the compile data
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      the group length or a negative number
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
get_grouplength(uint32_t **pptrptr, int *errcodeptr, int *lcptr,
 | 
						|
  int group, parsed_recurse_check *recurses, compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int branchlength;
 | 
						|
int grouplength = -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The cache can be used only if there is no possibility of there being two
 | 
						|
groups with the same number. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (group > 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  uint32_t groupinfo = cb->groupinfo[group];
 | 
						|
  if ((cb->external_flags & PCRE2_DUPCAPUSED) == 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if ((groupinfo & GI_NOT_FIXED_LENGTH) != 0) return -1;
 | 
						|
    if ((groupinfo & GI_SET_FIXED_LENGTH) != 0)
 | 
						|
      return groupinfo & GI_FIXED_LENGTH_MASK;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Scan the group */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for(;;)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  branchlength = get_branchlength(pptrptr, errcodeptr, lcptr, recurses, cb);
 | 
						|
  if (branchlength < 0) goto ISNOTFIXED;
 | 
						|
  if (grouplength == -1) grouplength = branchlength;
 | 
						|
    else if (grouplength != branchlength) goto ISNOTFIXED;
 | 
						|
  if (**pptrptr == META_KET) break;
 | 
						|
  *pptrptr += 1;   /* Skip META_ALT */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (group > 0)
 | 
						|
  cb->groupinfo[group] |= (uint32_t)(GI_SET_FIXED_LENGTH | grouplength);
 | 
						|
return grouplength;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ISNOTFIXED:
 | 
						|
if (group > 0) cb->groupinfo[group] |= GI_NOT_FIXED_LENGTH;
 | 
						|
return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*        Find length of a parsed branch          *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Return a fixed length for a branch in a lookbehind, giving an error if the
 | 
						|
length is not fixed. If any lookbehinds are encountered on the way, they get
 | 
						|
their length set. On entry, *pptrptr points to the first element inside the
 | 
						|
branch. On exit it is set to point to the ALT or KET.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  pptrptr     pointer to pointer in the parsed pattern
 | 
						|
  errcodeptr  pointer to error code
 | 
						|
  lcptr       pointer to loop counter
 | 
						|
  recurses    chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion
 | 
						|
  cb          pointer to compile block
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      the length, or a negative value on error
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
get_branchlength(uint32_t **pptrptr, int *errcodeptr, int *lcptr,
 | 
						|
  parsed_recurse_check *recurses, compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
int branchlength = 0;
 | 
						|
int grouplength;
 | 
						|
uint32_t lastitemlength = 0;
 | 
						|
uint32_t *pptr = *pptrptr;
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE offset;
 | 
						|
parsed_recurse_check this_recurse;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* A large and/or complex regex can take too long to process. This can happen
 | 
						|
more often when (?| groups are present in the pattern because their length
 | 
						|
cannot be cached. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((*lcptr)++ > 2000)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errcodeptr = ERR35;  /* Lookbehind is too complicated */
 | 
						|
  return -1;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Scan the branch, accumulating the length. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (;; pptr++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  parsed_recurse_check *r;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t *gptr, *gptrend;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t escape;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t group = 0;
 | 
						|
  uint32_t itemlength = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (*pptr < META_END)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    itemlength = 1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else switch (META_CODE(*pptr))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    case META_KET:
 | 
						|
    case META_ALT:
 | 
						|
    goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* (*ACCEPT) and (*FAIL) terminate the branch, but we must skip to the
 | 
						|
    actual termination. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ACCEPT:
 | 
						|
    case META_FAIL:
 | 
						|
    pptr = parsed_skip(pptr, PSKIP_ALT);
 | 
						|
    if (pptr == NULL) goto PARSED_SKIP_FAILED;
 | 
						|
    goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MARK:
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE_ARG:
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP_ARG:
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN_ARG:
 | 
						|
    pptr += pptr[1] + 1;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CIRCUMFLEX:
 | 
						|
    case META_COMMIT:
 | 
						|
    case META_DOLLAR:
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE:
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP:
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN:
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_OPTIONS:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 1;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BIGVALUE:
 | 
						|
    itemlength = 1;
 | 
						|
    pptr += 1;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS:
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_NOT:
 | 
						|
    itemlength = 1;
 | 
						|
    pptr = parsed_skip(pptr, PSKIP_CLASS);
 | 
						|
    if (pptr == NULL) goto PARSED_SKIP_FAILED;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_EMPTY_NOT:
 | 
						|
    case META_DOT:
 | 
						|
    itemlength = 1;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CALLOUT_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 3;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CALLOUT_STRING:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 3 + SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Only some escapes consume a character. Of those, \R and \X are never
 | 
						|
    allowed because they might match more than character. \C is allowed only in
 | 
						|
    32-bit and non-UTF 8/16-bit modes. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ESCAPE:
 | 
						|
    escape = META_DATA(*pptr);
 | 
						|
    if (escape == ESC_R || escape == ESC_X) return -1;
 | 
						|
    if (escape > ESC_b && escape < ESC_Z)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH != 32
 | 
						|
      if ((cb->external_options & PCRE2_UTF) != 0 && escape == ESC_C)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errcodeptr = ERR36;
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      itemlength = 1;
 | 
						|
      if (escape == ESC_p || escape == ESC_P) pptr++;  /* Skip prop data */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Lookaheads can be ignored. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEAD:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEADNOT:
 | 
						|
    pptr = parsed_skip(pptr, PSKIP_KET);
 | 
						|
    if (pptr == NULL) goto PARSED_SKIP_FAILED;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Lookbehinds can be ignored, but must themselves be checked. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHIND:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHINDNOT:
 | 
						|
    if (!set_lookbehind_lengths(&pptr, errcodeptr, lcptr, recurses, cb))
 | 
						|
      return -1;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Back references and recursions are handled by very similar code. At this
 | 
						|
    stage, the names generated in the parsing pass are available, but the main
 | 
						|
    name table has not yet been created. So for the named varieties, scan the
 | 
						|
    list of names in order to get the number of the first one in the pattern,
 | 
						|
    and whether or not this name is duplicated. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF_BYNAME:
 | 
						|
    if ((cb->external_options & PCRE2_MATCH_UNSET_BACKREF) != 0)
 | 
						|
      goto ISNOTFIXED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_RECURSE_BYNAME:
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      int i;
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_SPTR name;
 | 
						|
      BOOL is_dupname = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      named_group *ng = cb->named_groups;
 | 
						|
      uint32_t meta_code = META_CODE(*pptr);
 | 
						|
      uint32_t length = *(++pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
      name = cb->start_pattern + offset;
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0; i < cb->names_found; i++, ng++)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (length == ng->length && PRIV(strncmp)(name, ng->name, length) == 0)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          group = ng->number;
 | 
						|
          is_dupname = ng->isdup;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (group == 0)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        *errcodeptr = ERR15;  /* Non-existent subpattern */
 | 
						|
        cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
        return -1;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* A numerical back reference can be fixed length if duplicate capturing
 | 
						|
      groups are not being used. A non-duplicate named back reference can also
 | 
						|
      be handled. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (meta_code == META_RECURSE_BYNAME ||
 | 
						|
          (!is_dupname && (cb->external_flags & PCRE2_DUPCAPUSED) == 0))
 | 
						|
        goto RECURSE_OR_BACKREF_LENGTH;  /* Handle as a numbered version. */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    goto ISNOTFIXED;                     /* Duplicate name or number */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* The offset values for back references < 10 are in a separate vector
 | 
						|
    because otherwise they would use more than two parsed pattern elements on
 | 
						|
    64-bit systems. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF:
 | 
						|
    if ((cb->external_options & PCRE2_MATCH_UNSET_BACKREF) != 0 ||
 | 
						|
        (cb->external_flags & PCRE2_DUPCAPUSED) != 0)
 | 
						|
      goto ISNOTFIXED;
 | 
						|
    group = META_DATA(*pptr);
 | 
						|
    if (group < 10)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      offset = cb->small_ref_offset[group];
 | 
						|
      goto RECURSE_OR_BACKREF_LENGTH;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through for groups >= 10 - picking up group twice does no harm. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* A true recursion implies not fixed length, but a subroutine call may
 | 
						|
    be OK. Back reference "recursions" are also failed. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_RECURSE:
 | 
						|
    group = META_DATA(*pptr);
 | 
						|
    GETPLUSOFFSET(offset, pptr);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    RECURSE_OR_BACKREF_LENGTH:
 | 
						|
    if (group > cb->bracount)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
      *errcodeptr = ERR15;  /* Non-existent subpattern */
 | 
						|
      return -1;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    if (group == 0) goto ISNOTFIXED;  /* Local recursion */
 | 
						|
    for (gptr = cb->parsed_pattern; *gptr != META_END; gptr++)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (META_CODE(*gptr) == META_BIGVALUE) gptr++;
 | 
						|
        else if (*gptr == (META_CAPTURE | group)) break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    gptrend = parsed_skip(gptr, PSKIP_KET);
 | 
						|
    if (gptrend == NULL) goto PARSED_SKIP_FAILED;
 | 
						|
    if (pptr > gptr && pptr < gptrend) goto ISNOTFIXED;  /* Local recursion */
 | 
						|
    for (r = recurses; r != NULL; r = r->prev) if (r->groupptr == gptr) break;
 | 
						|
    if (r != NULL) goto ISNOTFIXED;   /* Mutual recursion */
 | 
						|
    this_recurse.prev = recurses;
 | 
						|
    this_recurse.groupptr = gptr;
 | 
						|
    gptr++;
 | 
						|
    grouplength = get_grouplength(&gptr, errcodeptr, lcptr, group,
 | 
						|
      &this_recurse, cb);
 | 
						|
    if (grouplength < 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (*errcodeptr == 0) goto ISNOTFIXED;
 | 
						|
      return -1;  /* Error already set */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    itemlength = grouplength;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Check nested groups - advance past the initial data for each type and
 | 
						|
    then seek a fixed length with get_grouplength(). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NAME:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNAME:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNUMBER:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_DEFINE:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 2 + SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
    goto CHECK_GROUP;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_ASSERT:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 1;
 | 
						|
    goto CHECK_GROUP;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_VERSION:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 4;
 | 
						|
    goto CHECK_GROUP;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    group = META_DATA(*pptr);
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ATOMIC:
 | 
						|
    case META_NOCAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    pptr++;
 | 
						|
    CHECK_GROUP:
 | 
						|
    grouplength = get_grouplength(&pptr, errcodeptr, lcptr, group, recurses, cb);
 | 
						|
    if (grouplength < 0) return -1;
 | 
						|
    itemlength = grouplength;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Exact repetition is OK; variable repetition is not. A repetition of zero
 | 
						|
    must subtract the length that has already been added. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX:
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    if (pptr[1] == pptr[2])
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (pptr[1] == 0) branchlength -= lastitemlength;
 | 
						|
        else itemlength = (pptr[1] - 1) * lastitemlength;
 | 
						|
      pptr += 2;
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    /* Fall through */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Any other item means this branch does not have a fixed length. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    ISNOTFIXED:
 | 
						|
    *errcodeptr = ERR25;   /* Not fixed length */
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Add the item length to the branchlength, and save it for use if the next
 | 
						|
  thing is a quantifier. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  branchlength += itemlength;
 | 
						|
  lastitemlength = itemlength;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Ensure that the length does not overflow the limit. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (branchlength > LOOKBEHIND_MAX)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errcodeptr = ERR87;
 | 
						|
    return -1;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EXIT:
 | 
						|
*pptrptr = pptr;
 | 
						|
if (branchlength > cb->max_lookbehind) cb->max_lookbehind = branchlength;
 | 
						|
return branchlength;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PARSED_SKIP_FAILED:
 | 
						|
*errcodeptr = ERR90;
 | 
						|
return -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*        Set lengths in a lookbehind             *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called for each lookbehind, to set the lengths in its
 | 
						|
branches. An error occurs if any branch does not have a fixed length that is
 | 
						|
less than the maximum (65535). On exit, the pointer must be left on the final
 | 
						|
ket.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  pptrptr     pointer to pointer in the parsed pattern
 | 
						|
  errcodeptr  pointer to error code
 | 
						|
  lcptr       pointer to loop counter
 | 
						|
  recurses    chain of recurse_check to catch mutual recursion
 | 
						|
  cb          pointer to compile block
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:      TRUE if all is well
 | 
						|
              FALSE otherwise, with error code and offset set
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static BOOL
 | 
						|
set_lookbehind_lengths(uint32_t **pptrptr, int *errcodeptr, int *lcptr,
 | 
						|
  parsed_recurse_check *recurses, compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE offset;
 | 
						|
int branchlength;
 | 
						|
uint32_t *bptr = *pptrptr;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
READPLUSOFFSET(offset, bptr);  /* Offset for error messages */
 | 
						|
*pptrptr += SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
do
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *pptrptr += 1;
 | 
						|
  branchlength = get_branchlength(pptrptr, errcodeptr, lcptr, recurses, cb);
 | 
						|
  if (branchlength < 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    /* The errorcode and offset may already be set from a nested lookbehind. */
 | 
						|
    if (*errcodeptr == 0) *errcodeptr = ERR25;
 | 
						|
    if (cb->erroroffset == PCRE2_UNSET) cb->erroroffset = offset;
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  *bptr |= branchlength;  /* branchlength never more than 65535 */
 | 
						|
  bptr = *pptrptr;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
while (*bptr == META_ALT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*         Check parsed pattern lookbehinds       *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function is called at the end of parsing a pattern if any lookbehinds
 | 
						|
were encountered. It scans the parsed pattern for them, calling
 | 
						|
set_lookbehind_lengths() for each one. At the start, the errorcode is zero and
 | 
						|
the error offset is marked unset. The enables the functions above not to
 | 
						|
override settings from deeper nestings.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments cb      points to the compile block
 | 
						|
Returns:          0 on success, or an errorcode (cb->erroroffset will be set)
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static int
 | 
						|
check_lookbehinds(compile_block *cb)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
uint32_t *pptr;
 | 
						|
int errorcode = 0;
 | 
						|
int loopcount = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cb->erroroffset = PCRE2_UNSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (pptr = cb->parsed_pattern; *pptr != META_END; pptr++)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (*pptr < META_END) continue;  /* Literal */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (META_CODE(*pptr))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
    return ERR70;  /* Unrecognized meta code */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ESCAPE:
 | 
						|
    if (*pptr - META_ESCAPE == ESC_P || *pptr - META_ESCAPE == ESC_p)
 | 
						|
      pptr += 1;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_ACCEPT:
 | 
						|
    case META_ALT:
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK:
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_ASTERISK_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    case META_ATOMIC:
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF:
 | 
						|
    case META_CAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    case META_CIRCUMFLEX:
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS:
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_EMPTY:
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_EMPTY_NOT:
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_END:
 | 
						|
    case META_CLASS_NOT:
 | 
						|
    case META_COMMIT:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_ASSERT:
 | 
						|
    case META_DOLLAR:
 | 
						|
    case META_DOT:
 | 
						|
    case META_FAIL:
 | 
						|
    case META_KET:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEAD:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKAHEADNOT:
 | 
						|
    case META_NOCAPTURE:
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_PLUS_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE:
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    case META_QUERY_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    case META_RANGE_ESCAPED:
 | 
						|
    case META_RANGE_LITERAL:
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP:
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN:
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_RECURSE:
 | 
						|
    pptr += SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BACKREF_BYNAME:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_DEFINE:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NAME:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNAME:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_RNUMBER:
 | 
						|
    case META_RECURSE_BYNAME:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 1 + SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CALLOUT_STRING:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 3 + SIZEOFFSET;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_BIGVALUE:
 | 
						|
    case META_OPTIONS:
 | 
						|
    case META_POSIX:
 | 
						|
    case META_POSIX_NEG:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 1;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX:
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX_QUERY:
 | 
						|
    case META_MINMAX_PLUS:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 2;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_CALLOUT_NUMBER:
 | 
						|
    case META_COND_VERSION:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 3;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_MARK:
 | 
						|
    case META_PRUNE_ARG:
 | 
						|
    case META_SKIP_ARG:
 | 
						|
    case META_THEN_ARG:
 | 
						|
    pptr += 1 + pptr[1];
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHIND:
 | 
						|
    case META_LOOKBEHINDNOT:
 | 
						|
    if (!set_lookbehind_lengths(&pptr, &errorcode, &loopcount, NULL, cb))
 | 
						|
      return errorcode;
 | 
						|
    break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*************************************************
 | 
						|
*     External function to compile a pattern     *
 | 
						|
*************************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This function reads a regular expression in the form of a string and returns
 | 
						|
a pointer to a block of store holding a compiled version of the expression.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Arguments:
 | 
						|
  pattern       the regular expression
 | 
						|
  patlen        the length of the pattern, or PCRE2_ZERO_TERMINATED
 | 
						|
  options       option bits
 | 
						|
  errorptr      pointer to errorcode
 | 
						|
  erroroffset   pointer to error offset
 | 
						|
  ccontext      points to a compile context or is NULL
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
Returns:        pointer to compiled data block, or NULL on error,
 | 
						|
                with errorcode and erroroffset set
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE2_EXP_DEFN pcre2_code * PCRE2_CALL_CONVENTION
 | 
						|
pcre2_compile(PCRE2_SPTR pattern, PCRE2_SIZE patlen, uint32_t options,
 | 
						|
   int *errorptr, PCRE2_SIZE *erroroffset, pcre2_compile_context *ccontext)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
BOOL utf;                             /* Set TRUE for UTF mode */
 | 
						|
BOOL has_lookbehind;                  /* Set TRUE if a lookbehind is found */
 | 
						|
BOOL zero_terminated;                 /* Set TRUE for zero-terminated pattern */
 | 
						|
pcre2_real_code *re = NULL;           /* What we will return */
 | 
						|
compile_block cb;                     /* "Static" compile-time data */
 | 
						|
const uint8_t *tables;                /* Char tables base pointer */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *code;                    /* Current pointer in compiled code */
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR codestart;                 /* Start of compiled code */
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SPTR ptr;                       /* Current pointer in pattern */
 | 
						|
uint32_t *pptr;                       /* Current pointer in parsed pattern */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE length = 1;                /* Allow for final END opcode */
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE usedlength;                /* Actual length used */
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE re_blocksize;              /* Size of memory block */
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE big32count = 0;            /* 32-bit literals >= 0x80000000 */
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE parsed_size_needed;        /* Needed for parsed pattern */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int32_t firstcuflags, reqcuflags;     /* Type of first/req code unit */
 | 
						|
uint32_t firstcu, reqcu;              /* Value of first/req code unit */
 | 
						|
uint32_t setflags = 0;                /* NL and BSR set flags */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t skipatstart;                 /* When checking (*UTF) etc */
 | 
						|
uint32_t limit_match = UINT32_MAX;    /* Unset match limits */
 | 
						|
uint32_t limit_recursion = UINT32_MAX;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
int newline = 0;                      /* Unset; can be set by the pattern */
 | 
						|
int bsr = 0;                          /* Unset; can be set by the pattern */
 | 
						|
int errorcode = 0;                    /* Initialize to avoid compiler warn */
 | 
						|
int regexrc;                          /* Return from compile */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t i;                           /* Local loop counter */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Comments at the head of this file explain about these variables. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t stack_groupinfo[GROUPINFO_DEFAULT_SIZE];
 | 
						|
uint32_t stack_parsed_pattern[PARSED_PATTERN_DEFAULT_SIZE];
 | 
						|
named_group named_groups[NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The workspace is used in different ways in the different compiling phases.
 | 
						|
It needs to be 16-bit aligned for the preliminary parsing scan. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
uint32_t c16workspace[C16_WORK_SIZE];
 | 
						|
PCRE2_UCHAR *cworkspace = (PCRE2_UCHAR *)c16workspace;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* -------------- Check arguments and set up the pattern ----------------- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* There must be error code and offset pointers. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorptr == NULL || erroroffset == NULL) return NULL;
 | 
						|
*errorptr = ERR0;
 | 
						|
*erroroffset = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* There must be a pattern! */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (pattern == NULL)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorptr = ERR16;
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Check that all undefined public option bits are zero. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((options & ~PUBLIC_COMPILE_OPTIONS) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorptr = ERR17;
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* A NULL compile context means "use a default context" */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (ccontext == NULL)
 | 
						|
  ccontext = (pcre2_compile_context *)(&PRIV(default_compile_context));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* A zero-terminated pattern is indicated by the special length value
 | 
						|
PCRE2_ZERO_TERMINATED. Check for an overlong pattern. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((zero_terminated = (patlen == PCRE2_ZERO_TERMINATED)))
 | 
						|
  patlen = PRIV(strlen)(pattern);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (patlen > ccontext->max_pattern_length)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  *errorptr = ERR88;
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* From here on, all returns from this function should end up going via the
 | 
						|
EXIT label. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* ------------ Initialize the "static" compile data -------------- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
tables = (ccontext->tables != NULL)? ccontext->tables : PRIV(default_tables);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cb.lcc = tables + lcc_offset;          /* Individual */
 | 
						|
cb.fcc = tables + fcc_offset;          /*   character */
 | 
						|
cb.cbits = tables + cbits_offset;      /*      tables */
 | 
						|
cb.ctypes = tables + ctypes_offset;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cb.assert_depth = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.bracount = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.cx = ccontext;
 | 
						|
cb.dupnames = FALSE;
 | 
						|
cb.end_pattern = pattern + patlen;
 | 
						|
cb.erroroffset = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.external_flags = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.external_options = options;
 | 
						|
cb.groupinfo = stack_groupinfo;
 | 
						|
cb.had_recurse = FALSE;
 | 
						|
cb.lastcapture = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.max_lookbehind = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.name_entry_size = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.name_table = NULL;
 | 
						|
cb.named_groups = named_groups;
 | 
						|
cb.named_group_list_size = NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE;
 | 
						|
cb.names_found = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.open_caps = NULL;
 | 
						|
cb.parens_depth = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.parsed_pattern = stack_parsed_pattern;
 | 
						|
cb.req_varyopt = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.start_code = cworkspace;
 | 
						|
cb.start_pattern = pattern;
 | 
						|
cb.start_workspace = cworkspace;
 | 
						|
cb.workspace_size = COMPILE_WORK_SIZE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Maximum back reference and backref bitmap. The bitmap records up to 31 back
 | 
						|
references to help in deciding whether (.*) can be treated as anchored or not.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cb.top_backref = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.backref_map = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Escape sequences \1 to \9 are always back references, but as they are only
 | 
						|
two characters long, only two elements can be used in the parsed_pattern
 | 
						|
vector. The first contains the reference, and we'd like to use the second to
 | 
						|
record the offset in the pattern, so that forward references to non-existent
 | 
						|
groups can be diagnosed later with an offset. However, on 64-bit systems,
 | 
						|
PCRE2_SIZE won't fit. Instead, we have a vector of offsets for the first
 | 
						|
occurrence of \1 to \9, indexed by the second parsed_pattern value. All other
 | 
						|
references have enough space for the offset to be put into the parsed pattern.
 | 
						|
*/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
for (i = 0; i < 10; i++) cb.small_ref_offset[i] = PCRE2_UNSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* --------------- Start looking at the pattern --------------- */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Check for global one-time option settings at the start of the pattern, and
 | 
						|
remember the offset to the actual regex. With valgrind support, make the
 | 
						|
terminator of a zero-terminated pattern inaccessible. This catches bugs that
 | 
						|
would otherwise only show up for non-zero-terminated patterns. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND
 | 
						|
if (zero_terminated) VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(pattern + patlen, CU2BYTES(1));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ptr = pattern;
 | 
						|
skipatstart = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
while (patlen - skipatstart >= 2 &&
 | 
						|
       ptr[skipatstart] == CHAR_LEFT_PARENTHESIS &&
 | 
						|
       ptr[skipatstart+1] == CHAR_ASTERISK)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; i < sizeof(pso_list)/sizeof(pso); i++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    pso *p = pso_list + i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if (patlen - skipatstart - 2 >= p->length &&
 | 
						|
        PRIV(strncmp_c8)(ptr+skipatstart+2, (char *)(p->name), p->length) == 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      uint32_t c, pp;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      skipatstart += p->length + 2;
 | 
						|
      switch(p->type)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        case PSO_OPT:
 | 
						|
        cb.external_options |= p->value;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case PSO_FLG:
 | 
						|
        setflags |= p->value;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case PSO_NL:
 | 
						|
        newline = p->value;
 | 
						|
        setflags |= PCRE2_NL_SET;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case PSO_BSR:
 | 
						|
        bsr = p->value;
 | 
						|
        setflags |= PCRE2_BSR_SET;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        case PSO_LIMM:
 | 
						|
        case PSO_LIMR:
 | 
						|
        c = 0;
 | 
						|
        pp = skipatstart;
 | 
						|
        if (!IS_DIGIT(ptr[pp]))
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR60;
 | 
						|
          ptr += pp;
 | 
						|
          goto HAD_EARLY_ERROR;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        while (IS_DIGIT(ptr[pp]))
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          if (c > UINT32_MAX / 10 - 1) break;   /* Integer overflow */
 | 
						|
          c = c*10 + (ptr[pp++] - CHAR_0);
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (ptr[pp++] != CHAR_RIGHT_PARENTHESIS)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR60;
 | 
						|
          ptr += pp;
 | 
						|
          goto HAD_EARLY_ERROR;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (p->type == PSO_LIMM) limit_match = c;
 | 
						|
          else limit_recursion = c;
 | 
						|
        skipatstart += pp - skipatstart;
 | 
						|
        break;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      break;   /* Out of the table scan loop */
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (i >= sizeof(pso_list)/sizeof(pso)) break;   /* Out of pso loop */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* End of pattern-start options; advance to start of real regex. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
ptr += skipatstart;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Can't support UTF or UCP unless PCRE2 has been compiled with UTF support. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifndef SUPPORT_UNICODE
 | 
						|
if ((cb.external_options & (PCRE2_UTF|PCRE2_UCP)) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR32;
 | 
						|
  goto HAD_EARLY_ERROR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Check UTF. We have the original options in 'options', with that value as
 | 
						|
modified by (*UTF) etc in cb->external_options. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
utf = (cb.external_options & PCRE2_UTF) != 0;
 | 
						|
if (utf)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE2_NEVER_UTF) != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    errorcode = ERR74;
 | 
						|
    goto HAD_EARLY_ERROR;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if ((options & PCRE2_NO_UTF_CHECK) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
       (errorcode = PRIV(valid_utf)(pattern, patlen, erroroffset)) != 0)
 | 
						|
    goto HAD_ERROR;  /* Offset was set by valid_utf() */
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Check UCP lockout. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((cb.external_options & (PCRE2_UCP|PCRE2_NEVER_UCP)) ==
 | 
						|
    (PCRE2_UCP|PCRE2_NEVER_UCP))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR75;
 | 
						|
  goto HAD_EARLY_ERROR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Process the BSR setting. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (bsr == 0) bsr = ccontext->bsr_convention;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Process the newline setting. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (newline == 0) newline = ccontext->newline_convention;
 | 
						|
cb.nltype = NLTYPE_FIXED;
 | 
						|
switch(newline)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  case PCRE2_NEWLINE_CR:
 | 
						|
  cb.nllen = 1;
 | 
						|
  cb.nl[0] = CHAR_CR;
 | 
						|
  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case PCRE2_NEWLINE_LF:
 | 
						|
  cb.nllen = 1;
 | 
						|
  cb.nl[0] = CHAR_NL;
 | 
						|
  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case PCRE2_NEWLINE_CRLF:
 | 
						|
  cb.nllen = 2;
 | 
						|
  cb.nl[0] = CHAR_CR;
 | 
						|
  cb.nl[1] = CHAR_NL;
 | 
						|
  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case PCRE2_NEWLINE_ANY:
 | 
						|
  cb.nltype = NLTYPE_ANY;
 | 
						|
  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  case PCRE2_NEWLINE_ANYCRLF:
 | 
						|
  cb.nltype = NLTYPE_ANYCRLF;
 | 
						|
  break;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  default:
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR56;
 | 
						|
  goto HAD_EARLY_ERROR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Pre-scan the pattern to do two things: (1) Discover the named groups and
 | 
						|
their numerical equivalents, so that this information is always available for
 | 
						|
the remaining processing. (2) At the same time, parse the pattern and put a
 | 
						|
processed version into the parsed_pattern vector. This has escapes interpreted
 | 
						|
and comments removed (amongst other things).
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
In all but one case, when PCRE2_AUTO_CALLOUT is not set, the number of unsigned
 | 
						|
32-bit ints in the parsed pattern is bounded by the length of the pattern plus
 | 
						|
one (for the terminator). The exceptional case is when running in 32-bit,
 | 
						|
non-UTF mode, when literal characters greater than META_END (0x80000000) have
 | 
						|
to be coded as two units. In this case, therefore, we scan the pattern to check
 | 
						|
for such values. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH == 32
 | 
						|
if (!utf)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SPTR p;
 | 
						|
  for (p = ptr; p < cb.end_pattern; p++) if (*p >= META_END) big32count++;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Ensure that the parsed pattern buffer is big enough. When PCRE2_AUTO_CALLOUT
 | 
						|
is set we have to assume a numerical callout (4 elements) for each character
 | 
						|
plus one at the end. This is overkill, but memory is plentiful these days. For
 | 
						|
many smaller patterns the vector on the stack (which was set up above) can be
 | 
						|
used. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
parsed_size_needed = patlen - skipatstart + big32count;
 | 
						|
if ((options & PCRE2_AUTO_CALLOUT) != 0)
 | 
						|
  parsed_size_needed = (parsed_size_needed + 1) * 5;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (parsed_size_needed >= PARSED_PATTERN_DEFAULT_SIZE)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  uint32_t *heap_parsed_pattern = ccontext->memctl.malloc(
 | 
						|
    (parsed_size_needed + 1) * sizeof(uint32_t), ccontext->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
  if (heap_parsed_pattern == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    *errorptr = ERR21;
 | 
						|
    goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  cb.parsed_pattern = heap_parsed_pattern;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
cb.parsed_pattern_end = cb.parsed_pattern + parsed_size_needed + 1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Do the parsing scan. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
errorcode = parse_regex(ptr, cb.external_options, &has_lookbehind, &cb);
 | 
						|
if (errorcode != 0) goto HAD_CB_ERROR;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Workspace is needed to remember information about numbered groups: whether a
 | 
						|
group can match an empty string and what its fixed length is. This is done to
 | 
						|
avoid the possibility of recursive references causing very long compile times
 | 
						|
when checking these features. Unnumbered groups do not have this exposure since
 | 
						|
they cannot be referenced. We use an indexed vector for this purpose. If there
 | 
						|
are sufficiently few groups, the default vector on the stack, as set up above,
 | 
						|
can be used. Otherwise we have to get/free a special vector. The vector must be
 | 
						|
initialized to zero. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (cb.bracount >= GROUPINFO_DEFAULT_SIZE)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  cb.groupinfo = ccontext->memctl.malloc(
 | 
						|
    (cb.bracount + 1)*sizeof(uint32_t), ccontext->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
  if (cb.groupinfo == NULL)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    errorcode = ERR21;
 | 
						|
    cb.erroroffset = 0;
 | 
						|
    goto HAD_CB_ERROR;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
memset(cb.groupinfo, 0, (cb.bracount + 1) * sizeof(uint32_t));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If there were any lookbehinds, scan the parsed pattern to figure out their
 | 
						|
lengths. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (has_lookbehind)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = check_lookbehinds(&cb);
 | 
						|
  if (errorcode != 0) goto HAD_CB_ERROR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* For debugging, there is a function that shows the parsed data vector. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG_SHOW_PARSED
 | 
						|
fprintf(stderr, "+++ Pre-scan complete:\n");
 | 
						|
show_parsed(&cb);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* For debugging capturing information this code can be enabled. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG_SHOW_CAPTURES
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  named_group *ng = cb.named_groups;
 | 
						|
  fprintf(stderr, "+++Captures: %d\n", cb.bracount);
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; i < cb.names_found; i++, ng++)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    fprintf(stderr, "+++%3d %.*s\n", ng->number, ng->length, ng->name);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Pretend to compile the pattern while actually just accumulating the amount
 | 
						|
of memory required in the 'length' variable. This behaviour is triggered by
 | 
						|
passing a non-NULL final argument to compile_regex(). We pass a block of
 | 
						|
workspace (cworkspace) for it to compile parts of the pattern into; the
 | 
						|
compiled code is discarded when it is no longer needed, so hopefully this
 | 
						|
workspace will never overflow, though there is a test for its doing so.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
On error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the
 | 
						|
result of the function. The initial options have been put into the cb block,
 | 
						|
but we still have to pass a separate options variable (the first argument)
 | 
						|
because the options may change as the pattern is processed. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cb.erroroffset = patlen;   /* For any subsequent errors that do not set it */
 | 
						|
pptr = cb.parsed_pattern;
 | 
						|
code = cworkspace;
 | 
						|
*code = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
(void)compile_regex(cb.external_options, &code, &pptr, &errorcode, 0, &firstcu,
 | 
						|
   &firstcuflags, &reqcu, &reqcuflags, NULL, &cb, &length);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorcode != 0) goto HAD_CB_ERROR;  /* Offset is in cb.erroroffset */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* This should be caught in compile_regex(), but just in case... */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (length > MAX_PATTERN_SIZE)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR20;
 | 
						|
  goto HAD_CB_ERROR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Compute the size of, and then get and initialize, the data block for storing
 | 
						|
the compiled pattern and names table. Integer overflow should no longer be
 | 
						|
possible because nowadays we limit the maximum value of cb.names_found and
 | 
						|
cb.name_entry_size. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
re_blocksize = sizeof(pcre2_real_code) +
 | 
						|
  CU2BYTES(length + cb.names_found * cb.name_entry_size);
 | 
						|
re = (pcre2_real_code *)
 | 
						|
  ccontext->memctl.malloc(re_blocksize, ccontext->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
if (re == NULL)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR21;
 | 
						|
  goto HAD_CB_ERROR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
re->memctl = ccontext->memctl;
 | 
						|
re->tables = tables;
 | 
						|
re->executable_jit = NULL;
 | 
						|
memset(re->start_bitmap, 0, 32 * sizeof(uint8_t));
 | 
						|
re->blocksize = re_blocksize;
 | 
						|
re->magic_number = MAGIC_NUMBER;
 | 
						|
re->compile_options = options;
 | 
						|
re->overall_options = cb.external_options;
 | 
						|
re->flags = PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH/8 | cb.external_flags | setflags;
 | 
						|
re->limit_match = limit_match;
 | 
						|
re->limit_recursion = limit_recursion;
 | 
						|
re->first_codeunit = 0;
 | 
						|
re->last_codeunit = 0;
 | 
						|
re->bsr_convention = bsr;
 | 
						|
re->newline_convention = newline;
 | 
						|
re->max_lookbehind = 0;
 | 
						|
re->minlength = 0;
 | 
						|
re->top_bracket = 0;
 | 
						|
re->top_backref = 0;
 | 
						|
re->name_entry_size = cb.name_entry_size;
 | 
						|
re->name_count = cb.names_found;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* The basic block is immediately followed by the name table, and the compiled
 | 
						|
code follows after that. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
codestart = (PCRE2_SPTR)((uint8_t *)re + sizeof(pcre2_real_code)) +
 | 
						|
  re->name_entry_size * re->name_count;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Update the compile data block for the actual compile. The starting points of
 | 
						|
the name/number translation table and of the code are passed around in the
 | 
						|
compile data block. The start/end pattern and initial options are already set
 | 
						|
from the pre-compile phase, as is the name_entry_size field. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
cb.parens_depth = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.assert_depth = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.lastcapture = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.name_table = (PCRE2_UCHAR *)((uint8_t *)re + sizeof(pcre2_real_code));
 | 
						|
cb.start_code = codestart;
 | 
						|
cb.req_varyopt = 0;
 | 
						|
cb.had_accept = FALSE;
 | 
						|
cb.had_pruneorskip = FALSE;
 | 
						|
cb.open_caps = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If any named groups were found, create the name/number table from the list
 | 
						|
created in the pre-pass. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (cb.names_found > 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  named_group *ng = cb.named_groups;
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; i < cb.names_found; i++, ng++)
 | 
						|
    add_name_to_table(&cb, ng->name, ng->length, ng->number, i);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Set up a starting, non-extracting bracket, then compile the expression. On
 | 
						|
error, errorcode will be set non-zero, so we don't need to look at the result
 | 
						|
of the function here. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
pptr = cb.parsed_pattern;
 | 
						|
code = (PCRE2_UCHAR *)codestart;
 | 
						|
*code = OP_BRA;
 | 
						|
regexrc = compile_regex(re->overall_options, &code, &pptr, &errorcode, 0,
 | 
						|
  &firstcu, &firstcuflags, &reqcu, &reqcuflags, NULL, &cb, NULL);
 | 
						|
if (regexrc < 0) re->flags |= PCRE2_MATCH_EMPTY;
 | 
						|
re->top_bracket = cb.bracount;
 | 
						|
re->top_backref = cb.top_backref;
 | 
						|
re->max_lookbehind = cb.max_lookbehind;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (cb.had_accept)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  reqcu = 0;              /* Must disable after (*ACCEPT) */
 | 
						|
  reqcuflags = REQ_NONE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Fill in the final opcode and check for disastrous overflow. If no overflow,
 | 
						|
but the estimated length exceeds the really used length, adjust the value of
 | 
						|
re->blocksize, and if valgrind support is configured, mark the extra allocated
 | 
						|
memory as unaddressable, so that any out-of-bound reads can be detected. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
*code++ = OP_END;
 | 
						|
usedlength = code - codestart;
 | 
						|
if (usedlength > length) errorcode = ERR23; else
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  re->blocksize -= CU2BYTES(length - usedlength);
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND
 | 
						|
  VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_NOACCESS(code, CU2BYTES(length - usedlength));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Scan the pattern for recursion/subroutine calls and convert the group
 | 
						|
numbers into offsets. Maintain a small cache so that repeated groups containing
 | 
						|
recursions are efficiently handled. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define RSCAN_CACHE_SIZE 8
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorcode == 0 && cb.had_recurse)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_UCHAR *rcode;
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_SPTR rgroup;
 | 
						|
  unsigned int ccount = 0;
 | 
						|
  int start = RSCAN_CACHE_SIZE;
 | 
						|
  recurse_cache rc[RSCAN_CACHE_SIZE];
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (rcode = (PCRE2_UCHAR *)find_recurse(codestart, utf);
 | 
						|
       rcode != NULL;
 | 
						|
       rcode = (PCRE2_UCHAR *)find_recurse(rcode + 1 + LINK_SIZE, utf))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    int p, groupnumber;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    groupnumber = (int)GET(rcode, 1);
 | 
						|
    if (groupnumber == 0) rgroup = codestart; else
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      PCRE2_SPTR search_from = codestart;
 | 
						|
      rgroup = NULL;
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0, p = start; i < ccount; i++, p = (p + 1) & 7)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (groupnumber == rc[p].groupnumber)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          rgroup = rc[p].group;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        /* Group n+1 must always start to the right of group n, so we can save
 | 
						|
        search time below when the new group number is greater than any of the
 | 
						|
        previously found groups. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
        if (groupnumber > rc[p].groupnumber) search_from = rc[p].group;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (rgroup == NULL)
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        rgroup = PRIV(find_bracket)(search_from, utf, groupnumber);
 | 
						|
        if (rgroup == NULL)
 | 
						|
          {
 | 
						|
          errorcode = ERR53;
 | 
						|
          break;
 | 
						|
          }
 | 
						|
        if (--start < 0) start = RSCAN_CACHE_SIZE - 1;
 | 
						|
        rc[start].groupnumber = groupnumber;
 | 
						|
        rc[start].group = rgroup;
 | 
						|
        if (ccount < RSCAN_CACHE_SIZE) ccount++;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    PUT(rcode, 1, rgroup - codestart);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* In rare debugging situations we sometimes need to look at the compiled code
 | 
						|
at this stage. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef DEBUG_CALL_PRINTINT
 | 
						|
pcre2_printint(re, stderr, TRUE);
 | 
						|
fprintf(stderr, "Length=%lu Used=%lu\n", length, usedlength);
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Unless disabled, check whether any single character iterators can be
 | 
						|
auto-possessified. The function overwrites the appropriate opcode values, so
 | 
						|
the type of the pointer must be cast. NOTE: the intermediate variable "temp" is
 | 
						|
used in this code because at least one compiler gives a warning about loss of
 | 
						|
"const" attribute if the cast (PCRE2_UCHAR *)codestart is used directly in the
 | 
						|
function call. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorcode == 0 && (re->overall_options & PCRE2_NO_AUTO_POSSESS) == 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  PCRE2_UCHAR *temp = (PCRE2_UCHAR *)codestart;
 | 
						|
  if (PRIV(auto_possessify)(temp, utf, &cb) != 0) errorcode = ERR80;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Failed to compile, or error while post-processing. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (errorcode != 0) goto HAD_CB_ERROR;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Successful compile. If the anchored option was not passed, set it if
 | 
						|
we can determine that the pattern is anchored by virtue of ^ characters or \A
 | 
						|
or anything else, such as starting with non-atomic .* when DOTALL is set and
 | 
						|
there are no occurrences of *PRUNE or *SKIP (though there is an option to
 | 
						|
disable this case). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((re->overall_options & PCRE2_ANCHORED) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
     is_anchored(codestart, 0, &cb, 0, FALSE))
 | 
						|
  re->overall_options |= PCRE2_ANCHORED;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* If the pattern is still not anchored and we do not have a first code unit,
 | 
						|
see if there is one that is asserted (these are not saved during the compile
 | 
						|
because they can cause conflicts with actual literals that follow). This code
 | 
						|
need not be obeyed if PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE is set, as the data it would
 | 
						|
create will not be used. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((re->overall_options & (PCRE2_ANCHORED|PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE)) == 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  if (firstcuflags < 0)
 | 
						|
    firstcu = find_firstassertedcu(codestart, &firstcuflags, FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Save the data for a first code unit. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (firstcuflags >= 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    re->first_codeunit = firstcu;
 | 
						|
    re->flags |= PCRE2_FIRSTSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    /* Handle caseless first code units. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    if ((firstcuflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (firstcu < 128 || (!utf && firstcu < 255))
 | 
						|
        {
 | 
						|
        if (cb.fcc[firstcu] != firstcu) re->flags |= PCRE2_FIRSTCASELESS;
 | 
						|
        }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* The first code unit is > 128 in UTF mode, or > 255 otherwise. In
 | 
						|
      8-bit UTF mode, codepoints in the range 128-255 are introductory code
 | 
						|
      points and cannot have another case. In 16-bit and 32-bit modes, we can
 | 
						|
      check wide characters when UTF (and therefore UCP) is supported. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#if defined SUPPORT_UNICODE && PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH != 8
 | 
						|
      else if (firstcu <= MAX_UTF_CODE_POINT &&
 | 
						|
               UCD_OTHERCASE(firstcu) != firstcu)
 | 
						|
        re->flags |= PCRE2_FIRSTCASELESS;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* When there is no first code unit, see if we can set the PCRE2_STARTLINE
 | 
						|
  flag. This is helpful for multiline matches when all branches start with ^
 | 
						|
  and also when all branches start with non-atomic .* for non-DOTALL matches
 | 
						|
  when *PRUNE and SKIP are not present. (There is an option that disables this
 | 
						|
  case.) */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  else if (is_startline(codestart, 0, &cb, 0, FALSE))
 | 
						|
    re->flags |= PCRE2_STARTLINE;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Handle the "required code unit", if one is set. In the case of an anchored
 | 
						|
pattern, do this only if it follows a variable length item in the pattern.
 | 
						|
Again, skip this if PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE is set. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if (reqcuflags >= 0 &&
 | 
						|
     ((re->overall_options & (PCRE2_ANCHORED|PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE)) == 0 ||
 | 
						|
      (reqcuflags & REQ_VARY) != 0))
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  re->last_codeunit = reqcu;
 | 
						|
  re->flags |= PCRE2_LASTSET;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Handle caseless required code units as for first code units (above). */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((reqcuflags & REQ_CASELESS) != 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
    if (reqcu < 128 || (!utf && reqcu < 255))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
      if (cb.fcc[reqcu] != reqcu) re->flags |= PCRE2_LASTCASELESS;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
#if defined SUPPORT_UNICODE && PCRE2_CODE_UNIT_WIDTH != 8
 | 
						|
    else if (reqcu <= MAX_UTF_CODE_POINT && UCD_OTHERCASE(reqcu) != reqcu)
 | 
						|
      re->flags |= PCRE2_LASTCASELESS;
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Finally, unless PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE is set, study the compiled pattern
 | 
						|
to set up information such as a bitmap of starting code units and a minimum
 | 
						|
matching length. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
if ((re->overall_options & PCRE2_NO_START_OPTIMIZE) == 0 &&
 | 
						|
    PRIV(study)(re) != 0)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
  errorcode = ERR31;
 | 
						|
  goto HAD_CB_ERROR;
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Control ends up here in all cases. When running under valgrind, make a
 | 
						|
pattern's terminating zero defined again. If memory was obtained for the parsed
 | 
						|
version of the pattern, free it before returning. Also free the list of named
 | 
						|
groups if a larger one had to be obtained, and likewise the group information
 | 
						|
vector. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
EXIT:
 | 
						|
#ifdef SUPPORT_VALGRIND
 | 
						|
if (zero_terminated) VALGRIND_MAKE_MEM_DEFINED(pattern + patlen, CU2BYTES(1));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
if (cb.parsed_pattern != stack_parsed_pattern)
 | 
						|
  ccontext->memctl.free(cb.parsed_pattern, ccontext->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
if (cb.named_group_list_size > NAMED_GROUP_LIST_SIZE)
 | 
						|
  ccontext->memctl.free((void *)cb.named_groups, ccontext->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
if (cb.groupinfo != stack_groupinfo)
 | 
						|
  ccontext->memctl.free((void *)cb.groupinfo, ccontext->memctl.memory_data);
 | 
						|
return re;    /* Will be NULL after an error */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Errors discovered in parse_regex() set the offset value in the compile
 | 
						|
block. Errors discovered before it is called must compute it from the ptr
 | 
						|
value. After parse_regex() is called, the offset in the compile block is set to
 | 
						|
the end of the pattern, but certain errors in compile_regex() may reset it if
 | 
						|
an offset is available in the parsed pattern. */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
HAD_CB_ERROR:
 | 
						|
ptr = pattern + cb.erroroffset;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
HAD_EARLY_ERROR:
 | 
						|
*erroroffset = ptr - pattern;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
HAD_ERROR:
 | 
						|
*errorptr = errorcode;
 | 
						|
pcre2_code_free(re);
 | 
						|
re = NULL;
 | 
						|
goto EXIT;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* End of pcre2_compile.c */
 |